27.11.2014 Views

Quantitative analysis of EEG signals: Time-frequency methods and ...

Quantitative analysis of EEG signals: Time-frequency methods and ...

Quantitative analysis of EEG signals: Time-frequency methods and ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>Quantitative</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>:<br />

<strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> Chaos theory<br />

Rodrigo Quian Quiroga<br />

Institute <strong>of</strong> Physiology - Medical University Lubeck<br />

<strong>and</strong> Institute <strong>of</strong> Signal Processing - Medical University Lubeck


Aus dem Institut fur Physiologie<br />

vertreten in der Technisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultat<br />

der Medizinischen Universitat zu Lubeck<br />

durch das Institut fur Signalverarbeitung und Prozessrechentechnik<br />

Direktoren:<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr. med. Wolfgang Jelkmann (Institut fur Physiologie)<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr.-Ing. Til Aach (Institut fur Signalverarbeitung und Prozessrechentechnik)<br />

<strong>Quantitative</strong> Analyse von <strong>EEG</strong>-Signalen:<br />

Zeit-Frequenz-Methoden und Chaos-Theorie<br />

Inauguraldissertation<br />

zur<br />

Erlangung der Doktorwurde<br />

der Medizinischen Universitat zu Lubeck<br />

-Ausder Technisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultat -<br />

Vorgelegt von<br />

Rodrigo Quian Quiroga<br />

aus Buenos Aires, Argentinien<br />

Lubeck, 1998


1. Berichterstatter: Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr.-Ing. Til Aach<br />

2. Berichterstatter: Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr.-Ing Erol Basar<br />

Tag der mundlichen Prufung: 04.12.98<br />

Zum Druck genehmigt, Lubeck, den 18.05.1999<br />

gez. Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr.-Ing. Erik Maehle.<br />

- Dekan der Technisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultat -<br />

ii


Zusammenfassung<br />

Seitdem 1929 die ersten <strong>EEG</strong>s von Menschen abgeleitet wurden, hat sich das <strong>EEG</strong><br />

zu einem der wichtigsten diagnostischen Hilfsmittel in der klinischen Neurophysiologie<br />

entwickelt. Bis jetzt beruht die <strong>EEG</strong>-Analyse jedoch weitgehend auf der visuellen Inspektion<br />

der <strong>EEG</strong>-Aufzeichnungen. Dieses Auswertungsverfahren ist sehr subjektiv und<br />

und erschwert statistische Auswertung und St<strong>and</strong>ardisierung. Daher wurden mehrere<br />

Methoden vorgeschlagen, um die im <strong>EEG</strong> enthaltene Information quantitativ zu erfassen.<br />

Unter diesen Verfahren hat sich die Fourier-Transformation als ein sehr nutzliches<br />

Hilfsmittel erwiesen. Diese kann die Frequenzkomponenten des <strong>EEG</strong>-Signals charakterisieren<br />

und hat klinische Bedeutung erlangt. Die Fourier-Transformation hat jedoch<br />

einige Nachteile, die ihre Anwendung einschranken. Daher sind <strong>and</strong>ere Methoden erforderlich,<br />

um verborgene Information aus dem <strong>EEG</strong> zu gewinnen.<br />

In dieser Arbeit habe ich Methoden zur Analyse verschiedener Arten von <strong>EEG</strong>-<br />

Signalen beschrieben, erweitert und vergliechen, und zwar (1) Zeit-Frequenz-Methoden<br />

(Gabor- und Wavelet-Transformation) und (2) Methoden der Chaos-Analyse (Attraktor-<br />

Rekonstruktion, Korrelations-Dimension, Lyapunov-Exponent).<br />

Diese Methoden lieferten hinsichtlich der Quellen und der Dynamik von Gr<strong>and</strong>-Mal-<br />

Anfallen neue Information, die mit konventionellen Methoden schwierig zu erhalten war.<br />

Wahrend Gr<strong>and</strong>-Mal-Anfallen herrschten alpha (8 ; 15Hz) und theta (4 ; 7Hz)Rhythmen<br />

vor, die spater langsamer wurden, was in Beziehung zum Beginn der klonischen<br />

Phase st<strong>and</strong>. Die Dynamik der Gehirn-Oszillationen in dieser Phase ist von Interesse im<br />

Hinblick auf Prozesse neuronaler Ermudung, auf ein Ungleichgewicht der Neurotransmitter,<br />

auf Ahnlichkeit mit Tierversuchen und auf Computer-Simulationen. Analysen<br />

mithilfe der Chaos-Theorie zeigten, da Parameter wie die Korrelations-Dimension oder<br />

der Lyapunov-Exponent abnahmen (diese Parameter charakterisieren die Komplexitat<br />

und die Chaotizitat des Signals). Diese Ergebnisse zeigten einen Ubergang zu einem<br />

einfacheren System im Verlauf des epileptischen Anfalls.<br />

Um grundlegende Eigenschaften von Gehirn-Oszillationen zu untersuchen, habe ich<br />

ereigniskorrelierte Potentiale (also Ver<strong>and</strong>erungen des <strong>EEG</strong> aufgrund externer oder interner<br />

Reize) analysiert, und zwar mit neueren Methoden der Zeit-Frequenz-Analyse. In<br />

diesem Zusammenhang zeigte die Untersuchung ereigniskorrelierter Alpha-Oszillationen<br />

(also der Alpha-Komponenten ereigniskorrelierter Potentiale) eine topographische Verteilung<br />

mit signikanten Latenz-Unterschieden zwischen anterioren und posterioren Elektroden.<br />

Dies legte nahe, da diese ereigniskorrelierten Alpha-Oszillationen an multiplen<br />

Orten entstehen. Ferner wiesen (a) die Unabhangigkeit der Alpha-Antworten von der<br />

Bearbeitung einer kognitiven Aufgabe, (b) das deutlichste Auftreten dieser Antworten<br />

iii


an okzipitalen Positionen und (c) die kurze Latenz dieser Antworten auf eine Beziehung<br />

zwischen ereigniskorrelierten Alpha-Oszillationen und primar-sensorischer Verarbeitung<br />

hin. Die Untersuchung von Antworten auf bimodale Reize (simultane auditorische<br />

und visuelle Stimulation) zeigte eine signikante Zunahme der Amplitude im<br />

Vergleich mit unimodalen Reizen. Demzufolge war es moglich, eine Beziehung zwischen<br />

Gamma (30 ; 60Hz) Oszillationen und einem Proze anzunehmen, der die Information<br />

tragt, da zwei sensorische Wahrnehmungen (im Rahmen der bimodalen Stimulation)<br />

zu ein und demselben Reiz gehoren.<br />

Insbesondere ist diese Arbeit die erste Untersuchung, in der die neue Methode<br />

Wavelet-Entropie fur die Analyse ereigniskorrelierter Potentiale angepat und angewendet<br />

wurde. In ereigniskorrelierten Potentialen gehen signikante Abnahmen der<br />

Wavelet-Entropie mit einer kognitiven P300-Antwort einher. Dies zeigte, da diese<br />

P300-Antwort mit einer Ordnung der spontanen <strong>EEG</strong>-Oszillationen assoziert ist.<br />

iv


<strong>Quantitative</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>:<br />

<strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> Chaos theory<br />

Rodrigo Quian Quiroga<br />

Institute <strong>of</strong> Physiology - Medical University Lubeck<br />

<strong>and</strong> Institute <strong>of</strong> Signal Processing - Medical University Lubeck<br />

1998


To my family: Mama, Consuelo, Huguito <strong>and</strong> Elisa<br />

<strong>and</strong> to my closest friends: Esteban <strong>and</strong> Samy.<br />

vii


viii


Preface<br />

In this work, I will describe <strong>and</strong> extend two new approaches that started to be applied<br />

to physiological <strong>signals</strong>: 1) the time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong>, <strong>and</strong> 2) the <strong>methods</strong> based on<br />

Chaos theory. I will discuss their applicability <strong>and</strong> usefulness mainly in two types <strong>of</strong><br />

brain <strong>signals</strong>: a) <strong>EEG</strong> recordings from \Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal" epileptic seizures, <strong>and</strong> b) Eventrelated<br />

potentials. Moreover, I will compare all these new <strong>methods</strong>, comparison which<br />

was not performed so far, stressing their advantages over conventional approaches in the<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. Furthermore, the results obtained will be closely linked with<br />

physiological interpretations. In particular, this thesis is the rst work where the novel<br />

method \Wavelet entropy" is adjusted <strong>and</strong> applied to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> evoked responses.<br />

The structure is as follows:<br />

The rst part <strong>of</strong> the thesis consists in an introduction to basic concepts <strong>of</strong> electroencephalography<br />

<strong>and</strong> a review <strong>of</strong> previous approaches to its quantitative <strong>analysis</strong>.<br />

In particular, chapter x1 gives a brief description <strong>of</strong> the necessary background<br />

<strong>of</strong> neurophysiology focusing on the concepts needed for underst<strong>and</strong>ing the basics<br />

<strong>of</strong> brain <strong>signals</strong>, <strong>and</strong> chapter x2 describes the traditional Fourier <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>and</strong> its<br />

main applications to <strong>EEG</strong>s.<br />

Chapters x3 to x6 are the main part <strong>of</strong> the thesis, each chapter referring to one <strong>of</strong><br />

the new quantitative <strong>methods</strong>. They all have the same internal structure: 1) they<br />

start with an introduction in which the goal <strong>of</strong> the method is described, 2) then,<br />

a theoretical background is given, 3) their application to dierent types <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong><br />

is shown <strong>and</strong> nally, 4) a physiological interpretation <strong>of</strong> the results is given <strong>and</strong><br />

advantages <strong>of</strong> the <strong>methods</strong> are discussed in comparison with other approaches.<br />

More specically, chapter x3 presents the Gabor Transform, a time-<strong>frequency</strong><br />

method that solves some <strong>of</strong> the disadvantages <strong>of</strong> the Fourier Transform. Furthermore,<br />

since in many cases a more detailed information is required, as I will<br />

show with the study <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures, I will introduce new denitions that<br />

will allow a better quantitative <strong>analysis</strong><strong>of</strong>the<strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

Chapter x4 describes the theoretical background <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform. Studies<br />

where the Wavelet Transform is applied to Tonic-Clonic seizures <strong>and</strong> to eventrelated<br />

potentials will show the advantages <strong>of</strong> this new method in the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

Chapter x5 presents the approach based on the Non-linear Dynamics (Chaos)<br />

theory. I will show its application to dierenttype <strong>of</strong> seizure recordings, correlating<br />

ix


these results with the ones obtained with the <strong>methods</strong> described in the previous<br />

chapters. I will remark several problems in the implementation <strong>of</strong> these <strong>methods</strong><br />

in the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> physiological <strong>signals</strong> that in many cases lead to pitfalls <strong>and</strong><br />

misinterpretations. Furthermore, I will establish some criteria for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> with Chaos <strong>methods</strong>.<br />

Chapter x6 introduces a new method based on the \information theory", the<br />

Wavelet-entropy, that gives quantitative information about the ordered/disordered<br />

nature <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. I will show its application to event-related potentials.<br />

Furthermore, I will show how it avoids several disadvantages <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>methods</strong><br />

allowing the study <strong>of</strong> similar concepts with a completely dierent approach.<br />

Finally, in chapter x7, I will compare the time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>and</strong> Chaos approaches,<br />

<strong>and</strong> I will discuss the main physiological results by joining the evidence obtained<br />

with the dierent <strong>methods</strong>.<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

This work was supported by the Bundesministerium fur Bildung und Forschung<br />

(BMBF), Germany <strong>and</strong> by the Medical University <strong>of</strong> Lubeck, Germany. I am very<br />

thankful to Pr<strong>of</strong>. Erol Basar, director <strong>of</strong> the group <strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology <strong>of</strong> the Medical<br />

University <strong>of</strong>Lubeck, for giving me the opportunity towork under his direction <strong>and</strong> for<br />

his experienced advice in the development <strong>of</strong> this work.<br />

I am also very thankful to Pr<strong>of</strong>. Til Aach for his criticisms <strong>and</strong> corrections to this<br />

thesis, especially in the mathematical formalisms, <strong>and</strong> to Pr<strong>of</strong>. Rupert Lasser for his<br />

guiding in the mathematical background during the rst stage <strong>of</strong> my work. I would<br />

like to thanks Dr. Martin Schurmann for two years <strong>of</strong> invaluable scientic discussions,<br />

non-scientic activities <strong>and</strong> for his criticisms <strong>and</strong> comments after a careful reading <strong>of</strong><br />

this thesis. I am also very thankful to Dr. Juliana Yordanova <strong>and</strong> Dr. Vasil Kolev<br />

for very helpful criticisms during the development <strong>of</strong> this work <strong>and</strong> for their warm<br />

friendship. During my staying in Lubeck I also appreciated very much the collaboration<br />

with Dr. Atsuko Schutt, Dr. Irina Maltseva, Oliver Sakowitz, Dr. Richard Rascher-<br />

Friesenhausen <strong>and</strong> Dr. Tamer Demiralp to whom I am also very thankful for s<strong>of</strong>tware<br />

implementation. I am also very thankful to Pr<strong>of</strong>. Wolfgang Jelkmann, director <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Institute <strong>of</strong> Physiology for giving me the opportunity to work at his institute. This<br />

thesis would have not been achieved without the help <strong>of</strong> the group <strong>of</strong> neurophysiology<br />

in Lubeck. Iwould also liketomention the very nice work atmosphere that they created.<br />

My special thanks to Dipl.-Ing. Martin Gehrmann, Dipl.-Ing. Ferdin<strong>and</strong> Greitschus,<br />

Gabriele Huck, Betina Stier <strong>and</strong> Gabriela Fletschinger. I am especially thankful to<br />

Beate Nurnberg for her constant support <strong>and</strong> personal help.<br />

x


I would certainly like to remember all my colleagues/friends from Argentina. A<br />

very special thanks to Dr. Osvaldo Rosso <strong>and</strong> Dr. Susana Blanco, from the Chaos<br />

<strong>and</strong> Biology group at the University <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires, for giving me the rst push in my<br />

steps as a physicist <strong>and</strong> also for their friendship <strong>and</strong> constant scientic <strong>and</strong> non-scientic<br />

support. I also appreciated further collaboration with Alej<strong>and</strong>ra Figliola <strong>of</strong> the same<br />

group.<br />

Iamvery thankful to Dr. Adrian Rabinowicz, director <strong>of</strong> the Epilepsy department <strong>of</strong><br />

the Institute <strong>of</strong> Neurological Investigations (FLENI) for teaching me what I know about<br />

epilepsy. I can not forget all the support <strong>and</strong> constant good mood <strong>of</strong> the people <strong>of</strong><br />

the Neurophysiology department at FLENI foundation, with whom I had the pleasure<br />

to work with during my research stage in Argentina. Many thanks to Isabel, Jorge,<br />

Claudia, Sonia, Cecilia, S<strong>and</strong>ra, Alex<strong>and</strong>ra, Mary, Monica, Dr. Ribero, Dr. Estelles,<br />

Dr. Nogues, Dr. Camarotta, Dr. Navarro Correa <strong>and</strong> I hope I am not forgetting<br />

somebody.<br />

Finally I would like to thank the one who introduce me in this fascinating world<br />

<strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology, the one who encouraged <strong>and</strong> supported ayoung student <strong>of</strong> physics<br />

coming up with crazy ideas about Chaos <strong>and</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s. My very special thanks to Dr.<br />

Horacio Garca.<br />

xi


xii


Contents<br />

Zusammenfassung<br />

Preface<br />

Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br />

iii<br />

ix<br />

x<br />

Summary 1<br />

1 Outline <strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology: Brain <strong>signals</strong> 3<br />

1.1 Electroencephalogram (<strong>EEG</strong>) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3<br />

1.1.1 Brain oscillations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6<br />

1.1.2 <strong>EEG</strong> in Epilepsy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7<br />

1.2 Event related potentials (ERP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8<br />

1.3 Relation between <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> ERP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11<br />

2 Fourier Transform 13<br />

2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13<br />

2.2 Theoretical background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13<br />

2.3 Fourier Transform in <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15<br />

2.3.1 Frequency b<strong>and</strong>s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16<br />

2.3.2 Topographical mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16<br />

2.3.3 Frequency <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> evoked responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18<br />

2.3.4 Coherence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18<br />

2.4 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20<br />

3 Gabor Transform (Short <strong>Time</strong> Fourier Transform) 21<br />

3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21<br />

3.2 Theoretical background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22<br />

Uncertainty Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25<br />

3.3 Application to intracranially recorded tonic-clonic seizures . . . . . . . . 25<br />

3.3.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25<br />

3.3.2 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26<br />

3.3.3 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30<br />

3.4 Application to scalp recorded tonic-clonic seizures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30<br />

3.4.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong>: plateau criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31<br />

3.4.2 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31<br />

3.4.3 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32<br />

xiii


3.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35<br />

4 Wavelet Transform 36<br />

4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36<br />

4.2 Theoretical Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38<br />

4.2.1 Continuous Wavelet Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38<br />

4.2.2 Dyadic Wavelet Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38<br />

4.2.3 Multiresolution Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39<br />

4.2.4 B-Splines wavelets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40<br />

4.2.5 Wavelet Packets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43<br />

4.3 Short review <strong>of</strong> wavelets applied to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> . . . . . . . 44<br />

4.4 Application to scalp recorded tonic-clonic seizures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46<br />

4.4.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46<br />

4.4.2 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46<br />

4.4.3 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50<br />

4.5 Application to alpha responses <strong>of</strong> visual event-related potentials . . . . . 50<br />

4.5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50<br />

4.5.2 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52<br />

Comparison between wavelets <strong>and</strong> conventional digital ltering . 52<br />

4.5.3 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54<br />

4.5.4 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59<br />

4.6 Application to gamma responses <strong>of</strong> bisensory event-related potentials . . 61<br />

4.6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61<br />

4.6.2 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62<br />

4.6.3 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62<br />

4.6.4 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65<br />

4.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66<br />

5 Deterministic Chaos 68<br />

5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />

5.2 Theoretical Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />

5.2.1 Basic concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />

5.2.2 Correlation Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69<br />

5.2.3 Calculation <strong>of</strong> the Correlation Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70<br />

5.2.4 Problems arising when calculating the Correlation Dimension . . 71<br />

5.2.5 Lyapunov Exponents <strong>and</strong> Kolmogorov Entropy . . . . . . . . . . 72<br />

xiv


5.2.6 Calculating Lyapunov Exponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73<br />

5.3 Stationarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74<br />

5.4 Short review <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75<br />

5.4.1 Correlation Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75<br />

5.4.2 Lyapunov Exponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77<br />

5.5 Application to scalp recorded <strong>EEG</strong>s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79<br />

5.5.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79<br />

5.5.2 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79<br />

5.6 Application to intracranially recorded tonic-clonic seizures . . . . . . . . 82<br />

5.6.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82<br />

5.6.2 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82<br />

5.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84<br />

6 Wavelet-entropy 86<br />

6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86<br />

6.2 Theoretical Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88<br />

6.3 Application to visual event-related potentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89<br />

6.3.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90<br />

6.3.2 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90<br />

6.3.3 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94<br />

6.4 Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99<br />

7 General Discussion 101<br />

7.1 Physiological considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101<br />

7.1.1 Dynamics <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101<br />

7.1.2 Event-related responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102<br />

7.1.3 Are <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> chaos or noise? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103<br />

7.2 Comparison <strong>of</strong> the <strong>methods</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104<br />

7.2.1 Fourier Transform vs. Gabor Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104<br />

7.2.2 Gabor Transform vs. Wavelet Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105<br />

7.2.3 Wavelet Transform vs. conventional digital ltering . . . . . . . . 107<br />

7.2.4 Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> vs. time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> (Gabor, Wavelets) . . 108<br />

7.2.5 Wavelet-entropy vs. <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108<br />

7.2.6 Wavelet-Entropy vs. Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109<br />

Conclusion 110<br />

xv


A <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>and</strong> the Uncertainty Principle 111<br />

A.1 Preliminary concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111<br />

A.2 Uncertainty Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112<br />

A.3 <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Fourier, Gabor <strong>and</strong> Wavelet Transform 113<br />

References 117<br />

Biographical sketch 129<br />

xvi


Summary<br />

Since the rsts recordings in humans performed in 1929, the <strong>EEG</strong> has become one <strong>of</strong><br />

the most important diagnostic tools in clinical neurophysiology, but up to now, <strong>EEG</strong><br />

<strong>analysis</strong> still relies mostly on its visual inspection. Due to the fact that visual inspection<br />

is very subjective <strong>and</strong> hardly allows any statistical <strong>analysis</strong> or st<strong>and</strong>ardization, several<br />

<strong>methods</strong> were proposed in order to quantify the information <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. Among these,<br />

the Fourier Transform emerged as a very powerful tool capable <strong>of</strong> characterizing the<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> components <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, even reaching diagnostical importance. However,<br />

Fourier Transform has some disadvantages that limit its applicability <strong>and</strong> therefore,<br />

other <strong>methods</strong> for extracting \hidden" information from the <strong>EEG</strong> are necessary.<br />

In this work, I described, extended <strong>and</strong> compared <strong>methods</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> dierent<br />

types <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, namely time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> (Gabor Transform <strong>and</strong> Wavelet<br />

Transform) <strong>and</strong> Chaos <strong>methods</strong> (attractor reconstruction, Correlation dimension, Lyapunov<br />

exponents, etc.).<br />

<strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> provided new information about sources <strong>and</strong> dynamics <strong>of</strong><br />

Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal (Tonic-clonic) seizures, something very dicult to obtain with conventional<br />

<strong>methods</strong>. Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures were rst dominated by alpha (7:5 ; 12:5Hz) <strong>and</strong> theta<br />

(3:5;7:5Hz)rhythms, these rhythms later becoming slower in correlation with the starting<br />

<strong>of</strong> the clonic phase. The dynamics <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns during these seizures<br />

was very interesting in relation to processes <strong>of</strong> neuronal fatigue, neurotransmitter disbalance,<br />

similarity with animal experiments <strong>and</strong> computer simulations. The <strong>analysis</strong><br />

with Chaos theory showed a decrease in parameters as the Correlation Dimension or<br />

the maximum Lyapunov exponent, parameters that characterize the complexity <strong>and</strong><br />

\chaoticity" <strong>of</strong> the signal. These results showed a transition to a more simple system<br />

during epileptic seizures.<br />

In order to study basic features <strong>of</strong> brain oscillations, I analyzed event-related responses<br />

(i.e. alterations <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> due to an external or internal stimuli) with<br />

recent <strong>methods</strong> <strong>of</strong> time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>. In this context, the study <strong>of</strong> event-related<br />

alpha oscillations (i.e. event-related responses in the alpha range) showed that these<br />

responses were distributed along the scalp with signicant dierences in their delays<br />

between anterior <strong>and</strong> posterior electrodes. This result implied that several sources were<br />

involved in the origin <strong>of</strong> the event-related alpha oscillations. Furthermore, their independence<br />

on the performance <strong>of</strong> a cognitive task, the best denition in occipital locations<br />

<strong>and</strong> the short latency <strong>of</strong> the responses pointed towards a relation between event-related<br />

alpha oscillations <strong>and</strong> primary sensory processing.<br />

The study <strong>of</strong> the responses upon bimodal stimulation (simultaneous visual <strong>and</strong> audi-<br />

1


tory stimulation) showed a signicant increase <strong>of</strong> amplitude in comparison with the unimodal<br />

ones. Then, it was possible to conjecture a relation between gamma (30 ; 60Hz)<br />

oscillations <strong>and</strong> a process responsible <strong>of</strong> carrying the information that two sensory perceptions<br />

<strong>of</strong> bimodal stimulation correspond in fact to the same stimulus.<br />

In particular, this thesis is the rst work where the novel method \Wavelet entropy",<br />

a measure <strong>of</strong> the distribution <strong>of</strong> the signal in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain, was adjusted <strong>and</strong><br />

applied to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> event-related responses. In event-related potentials, signicant<br />

decreases in the wavelet entropy correlated with the P300 cognitive response showed that<br />

this response was associated with an ordering <strong>of</strong> the spontaneous <strong>EEG</strong> oscillations.<br />

2


1 Outline <strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology: Brain <strong>signals</strong><br />

This chapter presents some basic topics <strong>of</strong> neurophysiology necessary for underst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

the experiments <strong>and</strong> results to be described in the following chapters. In this context,<br />

the concepts exposed <strong>and</strong> the detail <strong>of</strong> their treatment are not expected to provide<br />

a complete background on neurophysiology. On the contrary, this chapter is focused<br />

on describing the electroencephalogram <strong>and</strong> event-related potentials (ERPs), especially<br />

applied to the study <strong>of</strong> epilepsy <strong>and</strong> brain oscillations. Despite the wide application<br />

<strong>of</strong> these issues, some fundamental points are still controversial <strong>and</strong> due to the complex<br />

behavior <strong>of</strong> these <strong>signals</strong>, they are dicult to resolve with traditional approaches, thus<br />

being ideal c<strong>and</strong>idates to be studied with new quantitative <strong>methods</strong>.<br />

1.1 Electroencephalogram (<strong>EEG</strong>)<br />

The <strong>EEG</strong> was originally developed as a method for investigating mental processes. Clinical<br />

applications soon became visible, most notably in epilepsy, <strong>and</strong> it was only with the<br />

introduction <strong>of</strong> ERP recordings that <strong>EEG</strong> correlates <strong>of</strong> sensory <strong>and</strong> cognitive processes<br />

nally became popular. The rst recordings <strong>of</strong> brain electrical activity were reported by<br />

Caton in 1875 in exposed brains <strong>of</strong> rabbits <strong>and</strong> monkeys, but it was not until 1929 that<br />

Hans Berger (Berger, 1929) reported the rst measurement <strong>of</strong> brain electrical activity in<br />

humans. <strong>EEG</strong> visual patterns were correlated with functions, dysfunctions <strong>and</strong> diseases<br />

<strong>of</strong> the central nervous system, then emerging as one <strong>of</strong> the most important diagnostical<br />

tools <strong>of</strong> neurophysiology.<br />

The electroencephalogram (<strong>EEG</strong>) can be roughly dened as the mean electrical activity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the brain in dierent sites <strong>of</strong> the head. More specically, it is the sum <strong>of</strong> the<br />

extracellular current ows <strong>of</strong> a large group <strong>of</strong> neurons. Since the generation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong><br />

from the action potentials <strong>of</strong> the neurons is beyond the scope <strong>of</strong> this thesis, for further<br />

details I suggest the comprehensive works <strong>of</strong> Steriade et al. (1990), Lopes da Silva<br />

(1991), Steriade (1993), Speckermann <strong>and</strong> Elger (1993), Pedley <strong>and</strong> Traub (1990) <strong>and</strong><br />

Basar (1980).<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> recordings are achieved by placing electrodes <strong>of</strong> high conductivity(impedance <<br />

5000) in dierent locations <strong>of</strong> the head. Measures <strong>of</strong> the electric potentials can be<br />

recorded between pairs <strong>of</strong> active electrodes (bipolar recordings) or with respect to a<br />

supposed passive electrode called reference (monopolar recordings). These measures are<br />

mainly performed on the surface <strong>of</strong> the head (scalp <strong>EEG</strong>) orby using special electrodes<br />

placed in the brain after a surgical operation (intracranial <strong>EEG</strong>).<br />

3


Figure 1: 10-20 system <strong>of</strong> montage <strong>of</strong> electrodes. Notation: F means frontal, C means<br />

central, P means parietal, T means temporal, O means occipital <strong>and</strong> A means earlobe<br />

reference. Modied from Reilly, 1993.<br />

Scalp recordings<br />

In scalp, or surface, <strong>EEG</strong> recordings, the most widely used placement <strong>of</strong> electrodes is<br />

the so called 10;20 system, consisting in 20 electrodes (or sometimes less) uniformly distributed<br />

along the head, generally referenced to 2 electrodes in the earlobes (Reilly, 1993<br />

see g. 1). Normal scalp <strong>EEG</strong> recordings are usually taken with the subject relaxed,<br />

in three modalities: 1) with eyes closed 2) with eyes open 3) under hyperventilation,<br />

photostimulation, etc.<br />

One important problem <strong>of</strong> scalp <strong>EEG</strong>s are the artifacts (Reilly, 1993). Artifacts are<br />

alterations <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> due to head movements, blinking, muscle activity, electrocardiogram,<br />

etc. (see an example in g. 2). Due to the very low amplitude <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong><br />

(usually between 10 ; 200V ), artifacts <strong>of</strong>ten contaminate the recordings restricting or<br />

making impossible any <strong>analysis</strong> or interpretation.<br />

Intracranial recordings<br />

With intracranially implanted electrodes a better resolution can be achieved. Moreover,<br />

possible alterations <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> signal in its way from the originating neural struc-<br />

4


Figure 2: Normal 20 channels (10-20 system) eyes open <strong>EEG</strong>. Vertical lines show one second divisions. The arrow marks the<br />

occurrence <strong>of</strong> a blinking artifact (best visible in frontal electrodes). Note also the appearance <strong>of</strong> alpha waves ( 10cycles=sec:),<br />

best dened in parietal <strong>and</strong> occipital locations<br />

5


tures up to the scalp are overcome <strong>and</strong> most <strong>of</strong> the artifacts can be avoided. There are<br />

two maintypes <strong>of</strong> intracranial electrodes: 1) the subdural electrodes, which are arranged<br />

in grids or strips placed on the brain (Arroyo et al., 1993), <strong>and</strong> 2) the deep electrodes,<br />

which are arranged in a needle in order to study deep structures (Niedermeyer, 1993b).<br />

The application <strong>of</strong> intracranial electrodes involves a major surgery <strong>and</strong> their use is restricted<br />

to very particular cases, as for example the study <strong>of</strong> epileptic patients who are<br />

c<strong>and</strong>idates for a surgical resection.<br />

1.1.1 Brain oscillations<br />

In his rst publication, Berger (1929) already mentioned the presence <strong>of</strong> what he called<br />

alpha <strong>and</strong> beta oscillations. The study <strong>of</strong> dierent types <strong>of</strong> rhythmicities <strong>of</strong> the brain <strong>and</strong><br />

their relation with dierent pathologies <strong>and</strong> functions keep the attention <strong>of</strong> researchers<br />

since the beginnings <strong>of</strong> electroencephalography. Brain oscillations were divided in <strong>frequency</strong><br />

b<strong>and</strong>s that have been related with dierent brain states, functions or pathologies<br />

(see Niedermeyer, 1993a Steriade, 1993).<br />

Alpha rhythms (7:5 ; 12:5Hz): they appear spontaneously in normal adults<br />

during wakefulness, under relaxation <strong>and</strong> mental inactivity conditions. They are<br />

best seen with eyes closed <strong>and</strong> most pronounced in occipital locations (see g. 2<br />

sources <strong>and</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> alpha b<strong>and</strong> will be discussed in sec. x4.5).<br />

Beta rhythms (12:5 ; 30Hz): they are best dened in central <strong>and</strong> frontal locations,<br />

they have less amplitude than alpha waves <strong>and</strong> they are enhanced upon<br />

expectancy states or tension. They are traditionally subdivided in 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 oscillations.<br />

Theta rhythms (3:5 ; 7:5Hz): they are enhanced during sleep <strong>and</strong> they play an<br />

important role in infancy <strong>and</strong> childhood. In the awake adult, high theta activity<br />

is considered abnormal <strong>and</strong> it is related with dierent brain disorders.<br />

Delta rhythms (0:5 ; 3:5Hz): they are characteristic <strong>of</strong> deep sleep stages. Furthermore,<br />

delta oscillations with certain specic morphologies, localizations <strong>and</strong><br />

rhythmicities are correlated with dierent pathologies.<br />

Gamma rhythms (30 ; 60Hz): previously not <strong>of</strong> major interest with regard<br />

to the surface <strong>EEG</strong>, they gained popularity after the cellular level experiments<br />

<strong>of</strong> Gray <strong>and</strong> Singer (1989) <strong>and</strong> Gray et al. (1989) showing their relation with<br />

linking <strong>of</strong> stimulus features into a common perceptual information (binding theory).<br />

Gamma oscillations will be further studied in sec. x4.6.<br />

6


1.1.2 <strong>EEG</strong> in Epilepsy<br />

One important application <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> is to the study <strong>of</strong> epilepsy. The appearance <strong>of</strong><br />

abrupt high amplitude peaks (spikes), abnormal rhythmicities, \slowing" <strong>of</strong> the recording<br />

<strong>and</strong> several other paroxysms are a general l<strong>and</strong>mark <strong>of</strong> it, helping to identify, classify<br />

<strong>and</strong> localize the seizures.<br />

Epilepsy is a disorder <strong>of</strong> the normal brain function that aects about 1% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

population, characterized by an excessive <strong>and</strong> uncontrolled activity <strong>of</strong> either a part or<br />

the whole central nervous system. Historically, the <strong>EEG</strong> has been the most useful tool for<br />

its evaluation, now complemented with the advances in imaging techniques, especially<br />

the ones achieved by the Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI).<br />

Given that ictal recordings (i.e. recordings during a seizure) were rarely obtained,<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> epileptic patients usually relied on interictal ndings. In those interictal<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>s, seizures are usually activated with photostimulation, hyperventilation <strong>and</strong> other<br />

<strong>methods</strong>. However, one disadvantage <strong>of</strong> these stimulation techniques is that provoked<br />

seizures do not necessarily have the same behavior as the spontaneous ones. The introduction<br />

<strong>of</strong> long term Video-<strong>EEG</strong> recordings has been an important milestone providing<br />

not only the possibility to analyze ictal events, but also contributing with valuable information<br />

in those c<strong>and</strong>idates evaluated for epilepsy surgery (see Quian Quiroga et al.,<br />

1997a Porter <strong>and</strong> Sato, 1993 Kaplan <strong>and</strong> Leser, 1990 Gotman et al., 1985 Meierkord et<br />

al., 1991). In this setting <strong>and</strong> following strict protocols, seizures are elicited by gradually<br />

reducing antiepileptic drugs.<br />

Classication<br />

The classication <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures is a very dicult task <strong>and</strong> leaded to several<br />

controversies. I will present a simplied classication (for further details see Niedermeyer,<br />

1993c). Tonic-Clonic seizures will be described with more detail since these are<br />

the ones to be studied in the following chapters. Seizures can be classied in:<br />

1. Partial seizures: they have a focal origin they can also evolve to a generalized<br />

seizure (secondarily generalized).<br />

Simple partial seizures: consciousness is not impaired. Depending on the<br />

zone <strong>of</strong> the brain involved, they are characterized by focal motor movements,<br />

sensory symptoms (simple hallucinations), autonomic symptoms (epigastric<br />

sensation, sweating, pupillary dilatation, etc.) or psychic symptoms.<br />

Complex partial seizures: involve a loose <strong>of</strong> consciousness. They are characterized<br />

by dierent psychical sensations <strong>and</strong> motor automatisms. Since there<br />

are many types <strong>of</strong> these seizures, the <strong>EEG</strong> is very variable but it can be gen-<br />

7


erally characterized by low <strong>frequency</strong> discharges (3 ; 6 Hz) localized in some<br />

region <strong>of</strong> the brain. They can begin as simple partial seizures.<br />

2. Generalized seizures: the whole brain is involved.<br />

Absence seizures (Petit Mal epilepsy): Consist <strong>of</strong> a sudden lapse <strong>of</strong> consciousness<br />

with impairment <strong>of</strong> mental functions. They last about 5-20 seconds <strong>and</strong><br />

the <strong>EEG</strong> is characterized by generalized 3Hz spike-wave discharges (a spike<br />

followed by aslow half period oscillation).<br />

Tonic-clonic seizures (Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal epilepsy): described below in more detail.<br />

Other type <strong>of</strong> generalized seizures are the myoclonic, clonic <strong>and</strong> atonic ones.<br />

Tonic-clonic seizures<br />

A tonic-clonic (Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal) seizure normally lasts about 40 ; 90 sec <strong>and</strong> it is characterized<br />

by violent muscle contractions. An initial tonic phase with massive spasms<br />

(i.e. extreme muscular tension without movement) is supplanted some seconds later by<br />

the clonic phase with violent exor movements <strong>and</strong> characteristic rhythmic contractions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the entire body until the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure (Niedermeyer, 1993c). During these<br />

seizures consciousness is impaired. Visual inspection <strong>of</strong> scalp recordings <strong>of</strong> these events<br />

is <strong>of</strong>ten troublesome because the signal is obscured by muscle artifacts (see g. 3). In<br />

most cases the <strong>analysis</strong> is conned to the interpretation <strong>of</strong> electrical abnormalities that<br />

either precede or follow the tonic-clonic activity, thus neglecting the ictal phase (see<br />

sec. x3.4). Therefore, since these seizures are very dicult to study with traditional<br />

approaches, there will be one <strong>of</strong> the main type <strong>of</strong> <strong>signals</strong> to be studied with the <strong>methods</strong><br />

described in the following chapters.<br />

1.2 Event related potentials (ERP)<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> activity is present in a spontaneous way or can be generated as a response to an<br />

external stimulation (e.g. tone or light ash) or internal stimulation (e.g. omission <strong>of</strong><br />

an expected stimulus). The alteration <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> due to these stimuli is called<br />

event related potential (ERP), in the case <strong>of</strong> external stimulation also called evoked<br />

potential (EP).<br />

Owing to the low amplitude <strong>of</strong> the ERPs in comparison with the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong>, it is<br />

a common practice to average several responses in order to visualize the evoked activity.<br />

The reason for averaging is that ERPs have a denite latent period determined from<br />

the stimulation time, <strong>and</strong> that they have a similar pattern <strong>of</strong> response which is more or<br />

less predictable under similar conditions (Basar, 1980).<br />

8


Figure 3: Scalp <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>of</strong> 18 channels during a Tonic-Clonic seizure. Note how the artifacts obscure the recording completely.<br />

Vertical lines show one second divisions.<br />

9


Modalities <strong>and</strong> paradigms<br />

There are mainly three modalities <strong>of</strong> stimulation (for more details see Regan, 1989):<br />

1. Auditory: stimuli are single tones <strong>of</strong> a determined <strong>frequency</strong>, or clicks with a<br />

broadb<strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> distribution.<br />

2. Visual: stimuli are produced by a single light or by the reversal <strong>of</strong> a pattern as<br />

for example a checkerboard.<br />

3. Somatosensory: stimuli are elicited by electrical stimulation <strong>of</strong> peripheral nerves.<br />

The rst two modalities can be combined in what is called bimodal stimulation.<br />

Bimodal stimulation will be studied in sec. x4.6.<br />

Sequence <strong>of</strong> stimuli are arranged in paradigms in order to study the responses to<br />

dierent tasks. The most widely used paradigms are:<br />

1. No-task evoked potentials: subjects are relaxed <strong>and</strong> instructed to perceive the<br />

stimuli without performing any task.<br />

2. Oddball paradigm: two dierent stimuli are presented in a pseudor<strong>and</strong>om order.<br />

A frequent NON-TARGET stimulus is presented in 75% <strong>of</strong> the trials, <strong>and</strong> a deviant<br />

stimuli called TARGET in the remaining 25% <strong>of</strong> the trials. Subjects are instructed<br />

to pay attention to the appearance <strong>of</strong> the TARGET stimuli.<br />

Transient responses: description <strong>of</strong> P100 <strong>and</strong> P300 peaks.<br />

Responses can be classied in: 1) transient (occurring after the delivery <strong>of</strong> a shortlasting<br />

stimulus, with interstimulus intervals greater than the responses), 2) driven (generated<br />

with rapidly repeating stimuli), or 3) sustained (occurring throughout the duration<br />

<strong>of</strong> a continuous stimulus). In the following we will only study transient responses.<br />

As an example, gure 4 shows the averaged transient responses to pattern visual ERPs<br />

generated with an oddball paradigm. One second pre- <strong>and</strong> one second post-stimulation<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> recorded from the left occipital electrode are plotted. A positive peak at about<br />

100ms after stimulation (P100) can be observed upon NON-TARGET <strong>and</strong> TARGET<br />

stimulation. Since this peak does not depend on the task, it has a relatively short<br />

latency (100ms) <strong>and</strong> it is best dened in the primary sensory visual cortex (occipital<br />

locations), it is mostly related with primary sensory processing (Regan, 1989). Another<br />

peak at about 450ms after stimulation (P300) appears only upon TARGET stimulation.<br />

Since this response is task dependent <strong>and</strong> has long latency, it is traditionally related to<br />

cognitive processes as signal matching, decision making, attention, memory updating,<br />

etc. (Polich <strong>and</strong> Kok, 1995 Regan, 1989 Basar-Eroglu et al., 1992).<br />

10


Figure 4: Averaged responses upon NON TARGET <strong>and</strong> TARGET stimuli <strong>of</strong> a left<br />

occipital electrode in pattern visual evoked potentials<br />

1.3 Relation between <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> ERP<br />

In contrast with the conventional view <strong>of</strong> ERPs as <strong>signals</strong> being added to the noisy<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>, Basar (1980) pointed out that ERPs might arise from the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> by means<br />

<strong>of</strong> a resonance process. Resonance is awell known phenomenon <strong>of</strong> physics: if a driving<br />

is applied to a system, for example a pendulum, the system will show very large <strong>and</strong><br />

increasing outputs if the driving <strong>frequency</strong> is similar to the natural <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>of</strong> the<br />

system (for a physical description see Feynman et al., 1964). Basar (1980) introduced<br />

the following concept for underst<strong>and</strong>ing the relation between <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> ERP: In the<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> several oscillations are occurring at the same time in a non-synchronized way, <strong>and</strong><br />

when a stimulus is applied, some <strong>of</strong> these frequencies can be enhanced by a resonance<br />

phenomenon. Furthermore, it was assumed that these dierent enhanced oscillations<br />

are related to transmitting information through the brain, having dierent \meanings"<br />

<strong>and</strong> \functions" (see sec. x2.3.3). According to a classication <strong>of</strong> Galambos (1992)<br />

event related oscillations can be evoked (originated by <strong>and</strong> time locked to the stimulus),<br />

induced (originated by, but not time locked to the stimulus) or emitted (originated by<br />

an internal process rather than by the stimulus).<br />

11


I will summarize here some <strong>of</strong> the experimental evidence supporting this view (for<br />

more details see Basar, 1980, 1998, 1999 Basar et al., 1999):<br />

1. In three year old children, neither spontaneous, nor evoked 10Hz activity is obtained<br />

(Kolev et al, 1994, Basar-Eroglu et al., 1994). Then, according to the<br />

resonance theory, in this case alpha rhythm does not belong to the natural brain<br />

frequencies. In other words, alpha oscillations can not be evoked because there is<br />

no spontaneous alpha activity.<br />

2. High amplitude pre-stimulus 10Hz activity reduces the evoked potential amplitudes<br />

(Basar, 1980 Basar <strong>and</strong> Stampfer, 1985 Basar et al., 1992), thus showing<br />

an inverse relation between the pre-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> the evoked responses. An<br />

inuence <strong>of</strong> pre-stimulus theta <strong>EEG</strong> was also reported on visual evoked potentials<br />

(Basar et al., 1998). Then, since the background <strong>EEG</strong> inuences the evoked<br />

responses, it can not be merely considered as additive noise.<br />

3. Converging results support the view that evoked or induced oscillations can be<br />

correlated, at least partially, with dierent functions, as it will be described in<br />

sec. x2.3.3, thus showing that the <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the evoked responses is not<br />

arbitrary.<br />

In conclusion, following the resonance theory, the ERP can be seen as evoked synchronization,<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> stabilization, <strong>frequency</strong> selective enhancement <strong>and</strong>/or phase reordering<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong>, <strong>and</strong> it should not be interpreted as an additive component<br />

to a noisy background <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

12


2 Fourier Transform<br />

2.1 Introduction<br />

<strong>Time</strong> <strong>signals</strong> can be represented in many dierent ways depending on the interest in<br />

visualizing certain given characteristics. Among these, the <strong>frequency</strong> representation is<br />

the most powerful <strong>and</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ard one. The main advantage over the time representation<br />

is that it allows a clear visualization <strong>of</strong> the periodicities <strong>of</strong> the signal, in many cases<br />

helping to underst<strong>and</strong> underlying physical phenomena. Frequency <strong>analysis</strong>, developed<br />

by Jean Baptiste Fourier (1768-1830), reached innumerable applications in mathematics,<br />

physics <strong>and</strong> natural sciences. Furthermore, the Fourier Transform is computationally<br />

very attractive since it can be calculated by using an extremely ecient algorithm called<br />

the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT Cooley <strong>and</strong> Tukey, 1965).<br />

This chapter starts with a brief mathematical background <strong>of</strong> Fourier Transform <strong>and</strong><br />

then, applications <strong>of</strong> Fourier <strong>analysis</strong> to <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> will be reviewed. Four main<br />

applications will be described: <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s, topographical mapping,<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> evoked responses <strong>and</strong> coherence.<br />

2.2 Theoretical background<br />

Under mild conditions, the Fourier Transform describes a signal x(t) (I will consider<br />

only real <strong>signals</strong>) as a linear superposition <strong>of</strong> sines <strong>and</strong> cosines characterized by their<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> f.<br />

where<br />

x(t) =<br />

X(f) =<br />

Z +1<br />

;1<br />

Z +1<br />

;1<br />

X(f) e i2ft df (1)<br />

x(t) e ;i2ft dt (2)<br />

are complex valued coecients that give the relative contribution <strong>of</strong> each <strong>frequency</strong> f.<br />

Equation 2 is the continuous Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> the signal x(t). It can be seen as an<br />

inner product <strong>of</strong> the signal x(t) with the complex sinusoidal mother functions e ;i2ft ,<br />

i.e.<br />

X(f) = (3)<br />

Its inverse transform is given by eq. 1 <strong>and</strong> since the mother functions e ;i2ft are<br />

orthogonal, the Fourier Transform is nonredundant <strong>and</strong> unique.<br />

Let us consider in the following that the signal consists <strong>of</strong> N discrete values, sampled<br />

every time .<br />

13


x(n) =fx 0 x 1 :::x N;1 g = fx j g (4)<br />

where x j is the measurement taken at a time t j = t 0 + j.<br />

The discrete Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> this signal is dened as:<br />

<strong>and</strong> its inverse as:<br />

X(k) =<br />

N;1<br />

X<br />

n=0<br />

x(n) e ;i2kn=N k =0:::N ; 1 (5)<br />

x(n) = 1 N<br />

N;1<br />

X<br />

k=0<br />

X(k) e i2kn=N (6)<br />

where, since we are considering real <strong>signals</strong>, the following relation holds: X(k) =X (N;<br />

k), <strong>and</strong> the discrete frequencies are dened as:<br />

f k =<br />

k<br />

(7)<br />

N<br />

Note that the discrete Fourier Transform gives N=2 independent complex coecients,<br />

thus giving a total <strong>of</strong> N values as in the original signal <strong>and</strong> therefore being nonredundant.<br />

Clearly, the<strong>frequency</strong> resolution will be<br />

f = 1<br />

N<br />

(8)<br />

Aliasing<br />

The <strong>frequency</strong> f N = 1<br />

2 , corresponding to k = N 2<br />

in eq. 7, is called the Nyquist<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>and</strong> it is the highest <strong>frequency</strong> that can be detected with a sampling period<br />

. If the signal x(n) has frequencies above the Nyquist <strong>frequency</strong>, these ones will be<br />

processed just as though they are in the range f k < f N , thus giving a spurious eect<br />

called aliasing (Jenkins <strong>and</strong> Watts, 1968 Weaver, 1989). The greater this excess is, the<br />

greater the errors <strong>and</strong> the less adequate is the sampling rate for representing the signal.<br />

From the complex coecients <strong>of</strong> eq. 5, the periodogram 1 can be obtained as:<br />

1 Due to the high complexity <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> signal, it will be convenient to consider it as a realization<br />

<strong>of</strong> a stochastic process (Lopes da Silva, 1993a Dummermuth <strong>and</strong> Molinari, 1987). However, it should<br />

be stressed that this is a mathematical <strong>and</strong> not a biophysical model. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, in section<br />

x5, the <strong>EEG</strong> will be considered as a realization <strong>of</strong> a non-linear deterministic \chaotic" system. The<br />

deterministic/stochastic nature <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> will be discussed in sections x5.7 <strong>and</strong> x7.1.3. Regarding the<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> as a r<strong>and</strong>om signal, the periodograms can be interpreted as estimators <strong>of</strong> the power spectrum.<br />

14


I xx (k) =jX(k)j 2 = X(k) X (k) (9)<br />

where denotes complex conjugation. The sample cross spectrum can be similarly<br />

dened by making the product <strong>of</strong> eq. 9 between two time series x(n) <strong>and</strong>y(n) as follows<br />

I xy (k) =X(k) Y (k) (10)<br />

where X(k) <strong>and</strong> Y (k) are the Fourier Transforms <strong>of</strong> x(t) <strong>and</strong> y(t) respectively. The<br />

sample cross spectrum gives a measure <strong>of</strong> the linear correlation between two <strong>signals</strong> for<br />

the dierent frequencies f k , dened as in eq. 7. Since it is a complex measure, it can be<br />

described by an amplitude <strong>and</strong> a phase. A useful measure <strong>of</strong> the amplitude is obtained<br />

with its square value, normalized in the following way:<br />

; 2 xy(k) =<br />

jI xy (k)j 2<br />

I xx (k) I yy (k)<br />

(11)<br />

Equation 11 is known as the squared coherence function, <strong>and</strong> it will give values<br />

tending to 1 for highly linearly correlated <strong>signals</strong> <strong>and</strong> to 0 for non correlated ones.<br />

The counterpart <strong>of</strong> the coherence is the phase function, dened as<br />

= arctan ;=I xy(k)<br />


2.3.1 Frequency b<strong>and</strong>s<br />

Since <strong>EEG</strong> data is non-stationary <strong>and</strong> contains many artifacts, the rst step when<br />

making a Fourier <strong>analysis</strong> is to choose several representative data samples, generally <strong>of</strong><br />

1or2 seconds, free <strong>of</strong> artifacts (Nuwer et al., 1994).<br />

Before computing the Fourier Transforms, eachepochismultiplied by an appropriate<br />

windowing function (normally a Hanning window is used) in order to avoid border<br />

problems (leakage) (Jenkins <strong>and</strong> Watts, 1968 Dumermuth <strong>and</strong> Molinari, 1987). Then,<br />

the periodograms <strong>of</strong> the epochs are computed <strong>and</strong> averaged.<br />

As stated in sec. x1.1.1,itisvery useful to group the frequencies in dierent b<strong>and</strong>s.<br />

Several quantitative parameters were dened from these <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s, as for example<br />

the relative power between them (being the most used the alpha/theta ratio), reactivity<br />

(ratio between eyes closed/eyes open alpha activity), asymmetry index ( (left power -<br />

rightpower)/(left power + rightpower) ), etc. (Nuwer et al., 1994). Moreover, statistical<br />

techniques can be used in order to establish normal ranges <strong>and</strong> their deviation with<br />

several pathologies (John et al., 1987).<br />

2.3.2 Topographical mapping<br />

The information <strong>of</strong> the spectrograms <strong>of</strong> the dierent electrodes can be arranged in<br />

topographical maps (Gotman, 1990a Gevins, 1987 Lehmann, 1987 Lopes da Silva,<br />

1993a). Usually, these algorithms use linear or quadratic interpolations between the 3<br />

or 4 nearest recording sites. Since the use <strong>of</strong> single electrode references can distort the<br />

maps near the reference site (Lehmann 1971, 1987), one critical point in these plots is<br />

the election <strong>of</strong> the reference. Several suggestions were proposed in order to avoid this<br />

distortion, among them the use <strong>of</strong> averaged references <strong>and</strong> also the use <strong>of</strong> the average<br />

<strong>of</strong> derivatives <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> activity (Lehmann, 1987 Lopes da Silva, 1993b). One nal<br />

issue to be considered is how to project a three dimensional head into a two dimensional<br />

map.<br />

The use <strong>of</strong> topographic plots started more than 30 years ago by implementing different<br />

techniques (Walter et al., 1966 Lehman, 1971), but it was after the introduction<br />

<strong>of</strong> color topographic maps by Duy et al. (1979) that they became widely accepted,<br />

<strong>and</strong> started to be used in several medical centers with the appearance <strong>of</strong> commercial<br />

systems.<br />

With these plots is easy to visualize asymmetries <strong>and</strong> to localize <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong><br />

activities. Furthermore, the topographic maps complement the quantitative parameters<br />

described in the previous sections in the characterization <strong>of</strong> normality <strong>and</strong> in the study<br />

<strong>and</strong> diagnosis <strong>of</strong> several pathologies (Duy, 1986 Maurer <strong>and</strong> Dierks, 1991 Pfurtscheller<br />

16


17<br />

Figure 5: Topographical mapping <strong>of</strong> the dierent <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s from a normal <strong>EEG</strong> recording taken with eyes closed.


<strong>and</strong> Lopes da Silva, 1988 Garcia <strong>and</strong> Quian Quiroga, 1998).<br />

Figure 5 shows the topographic mapping <strong>of</strong> an <strong>EEG</strong> recording <strong>of</strong> a normal subject<br />

with eyes closed. Five dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s are plotted. As expected, the power<br />

is homogeneously distributed in all <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s, except in alpha, where there is a<br />

simetrical increase in the posterior locations. This increase reects the presence <strong>of</strong> the<br />

normal spontaneous alpha activity described in section 1.1.1.<br />

2.3.3 Frequency <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> evoked responses<br />

Considering the proposed relation between <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> ERP described in section x1.3,<br />

the physiological functions <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s can be analyzed by studying their<br />

response to dierent types <strong>of</strong> stimulation. Basar (1980) described a combined <strong>analysis</strong><br />

procedure for achieving this goal. The procedure relies on the study <strong>of</strong> enhancements <strong>of</strong><br />

dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s as a response to stimulation. After a Fourier <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the<br />

pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong>, <strong>frequency</strong> ranges are determined <strong>and</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s are separated<br />

by using a selective ltering.<br />

details see Basar, 1980):<br />

I will summarize here some <strong>of</strong> these results (for more<br />

Delta enhancements were correlated with cognitive processes like signal matching<br />

or decision making by using auditory <strong>and</strong> visual oddball paradigms (Stampfer <strong>and</strong><br />

Basar, 1985 Basar-Eroglu et al., 1992 Schurmann et al., 1995 Demiralp et al.,<br />

1999).<br />

Theta enhancements were correlated with cognitive tasks like focused attention<br />

<strong>and</strong> signal detection by using omitted stimulus paradigms in free moving cats<br />

(Basar-Eroglu et al., 1991) <strong>and</strong> in humans (Demiralp <strong>and</strong> Basar, 1992).<br />

Alpha enhancements were correlated to primary sensory processing in several<br />

experiments using cross-modality stimulation in cats <strong>and</strong> humans (Basar, 1980<br />

Basar et al., 1992 Basar <strong>and</strong> Schurmann, 1996).<br />

Gamma enhancements were correlated with binding <strong>of</strong> features (Gray <strong>and</strong> Singer,<br />

1989 Gray et al., 1989) <strong>and</strong> they were suggested to be involved in several other<br />

sensory <strong>and</strong> cognitive processes (Basar-Eroglu et al., 1996a,b Schurmann et al.,<br />

1997).<br />

2.3.4 Coherence<br />

The coherence function gives a measure <strong>of</strong> the linear correlation between two <strong>EEG</strong><br />

electrodes. The main advantage over previous \cross-correlation" measures (see Gevins,<br />

18


1987) is that coherence gives the correlation as a function <strong>of</strong> <strong>frequency</strong>, thus allowing the<br />

study <strong>of</strong> spatial correlations between dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s. There is an extensive<br />

literature about the use <strong>of</strong> coherence in <strong>EEG</strong>s. This section will only show some examples<br />

<strong>and</strong> for a more complete review I suggest the work <strong>of</strong> Lopes da Silva (1993a).<br />

Lopes da Silva et al. (1973a) computed thalamo-cortical <strong>and</strong> cortico-cortical coherences<br />

for checking the validity <strong>of</strong> the assumption <strong>of</strong> a thalamic pacemaker <strong>of</strong> cortical<br />

alpha rhythms, as proposed by Andersen <strong>and</strong> Andersson (1968). They found that<br />

cortico-cortical coherences were higher than the thalamo-cortical ones, thus stressing<br />

the importance <strong>of</strong> cortical mechanisms in the spread <strong>of</strong> alpha rhythms, in disagreement<br />

with the thalamic pacemaker theory.<br />

Storm van Leeuwen et al. (1978) used coherence <strong>analysis</strong> for dierentiating alpha<br />

<strong>and</strong> murhythms. It is interesting to remark that since these frequencies are very similar,<br />

this is a very dicult task to achieve with normal spectrograms.<br />

Other interesting application <strong>of</strong> coherence is for the denition <strong>of</strong> characteristic \lengths<br />

<strong>of</strong> synchrony" between neuronal populations. This is achieved by establishing lengths<br />

with signicant coherence. Following this approach, after studying 189 children, Thatcher<br />

et al. (1986) proposed a \two-compartmental model" stating that two separate sources<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> coherences are present: the rst one determined by short length axonal connections<br />

<strong>and</strong> the second one by long distance connections.<br />

Bullock <strong>and</strong> coworkers (1989, 1995a, 1995b) criticize the use <strong>of</strong> scalp electrodes for<br />

measuring spatial structure <strong>of</strong> synchrony <strong>and</strong> they studied the spatial structure <strong>of</strong> coherence<br />

with intracranial electrodes. In contradiction with previous reports <strong>of</strong> population<br />

synchrony <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> several centimeters, they reported that coherence varied in<br />

the order <strong>of</strong> a few millimeters, thus showing a microstructure <strong>of</strong> the cell populations.<br />

Furthermore, due to this small range structure, they criticize the view <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> as a<br />

linear superposition <strong>of</strong> independent oscillators.<br />

Several attempts were performed in order to analyze epileptic seizures with coherence<br />

<strong>analysis</strong>. Gerch <strong>and</strong> Goddard (1970) used coherence for identifying the location <strong>of</strong> an<br />

epileptic focus in a cat brain. By seeing a signicant decrease <strong>of</strong> coherence between two<br />

channels after the subtraction <strong>of</strong> the eect <strong>of</strong> a third one (this method called partial<br />

coherence), they deduce that the third one was driving the other two, thus being the<br />

focus <strong>of</strong> the seizure.<br />

Brazier (1972), introduced the measurement <strong>of</strong> time delays between channels (see<br />

eq. 12) in order to follow routes <strong>of</strong> propagation <strong>and</strong> establish the origin <strong>of</strong> seizure activity.<br />

Gotman (1983, 1987) proposed a modication <strong>of</strong> this algorithm by calculating the time<br />

delay from the slope <strong>of</strong> a straight linettedto the phase spectrum when the coherence<br />

is signicant. He showed that time delays most <strong>of</strong>ten indicate a lead from the side <strong>of</strong><br />

19


onset in dierent type <strong>of</strong> seizures in animals <strong>and</strong> humans. However, a straight line is<br />

not always possible to t in the phase spectrum <strong>and</strong> coherence values are <strong>of</strong>ten very low<br />

in order to extract any meaningful measure from the phase spectrum.<br />

2.4 Conclusion<br />

In this chapter the basic background <strong>and</strong> several applications <strong>of</strong> Fourier Transform to<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> were described. One important application is the comparison between the<br />

power <strong>of</strong> dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> their topological distribution used to discriminate<br />

between normal subjects <strong>and</strong> pathological cases. This <strong>analysis</strong> is already adapted to<br />

many commercial systems <strong>and</strong> used in several medical centers. A word <strong>of</strong> caution<br />

should be mentioned at this point. Although quantitative parameters can be easily<br />

extracted from the <strong>EEG</strong> in an automated way, the visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the recordings<br />

should not be left aside. This helps to avoid misinterpretations due to nonstationarity,<br />

artifacts or others. At this respect, topographic mapping <strong>and</strong> quantitative values should<br />

be considered as a complement <strong>and</strong> not as a replacement <strong>of</strong> the visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>. Fourier Transform can be used for studying the functions <strong>and</strong> sources <strong>of</strong> dierent<br />

brain oscillations by analyzing <strong>EEG</strong>s or ERPs. Some examples <strong>of</strong> how the measure<br />

<strong>of</strong> coherence can lead to interesting physiological interpretations were also presented.<br />

Measures <strong>of</strong> connectivity or synchrony between neural populations can be established<br />

<strong>and</strong> tested in several states <strong>and</strong> pathologies. Since an epileptic seizure is an abnormal<br />

synchronization <strong>of</strong> cell groups, coherence appears as an ideal tool for measuring it.<br />

Several works tried to use time delays calculated from phase dierences as a method for<br />

source localization. However, the measure <strong>of</strong> time delays is dicult since it depends on<br />

having high coherence values, this being not the usual case.<br />

Despite <strong>of</strong> the fact that Fourier Transform proved to be very useful in <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>,<br />

I would like to mention here two main disadvantages. First, Fourier Transform<br />

requires stationarity <strong>of</strong> the signal, the <strong>EEG</strong>s being highly non-stationary. Second, with<br />

Fourier Transform the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns is lost. The <strong>methods</strong><br />

to be presented in the following sections are developed in order to overcome these two<br />

limitations.<br />

20


3 Gabor Transform (Short <strong>Time</strong> Fourier Transform)<br />

3.1 Introduction<br />

Since the Fourier Transform is based in comparing the signal with complex sinusoids that<br />

extend through the whole time domain, its main disadvantage is the lack <strong>of</strong> information<br />

about the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the frequencies. Then, if an alteration occurs at some time<br />

boundary, the whole Fourier spectrum will be aected, thus also needing the requirement<br />

<strong>of</strong> stationarity.<br />

In many occasions, <strong>signals</strong> have time varying features that can not be resolved with<br />

the Fourier Transform. A traditional example is a chirp signal (i.e. a signal characterized<br />

by awell dened but steadily rising <strong>frequency</strong>). In the case <strong>of</strong> a chirp, Fourier <strong>analysis</strong><br />

can not dene the instantaneous <strong>frequency</strong> because it integrates over the whole time,<br />

thus giving a broad <strong>frequency</strong> spectrum.<br />

This is partially resolved by using the Gabor Transform, also called Short-<strong>Time</strong><br />

Fourier Transform. With this approach, Fourier Transform is applied to time-evolving<br />

windows <strong>of</strong> a few seconds <strong>of</strong> data smoothed with an appropriate function (Cohen, 1995<br />

Chui, 1992 Qian <strong>and</strong> Chen, 1996). Then, the evolution <strong>of</strong> the frequencies can be<br />

followed <strong>and</strong> the stationarity requirement is partially satised by considering the <strong>signals</strong><br />

to be stationary in the order <strong>of</strong> the window length (Lopes da Silva, 1993a). In other<br />

words, the procedure consists in breaking the signal in small time segments <strong>and</strong> then in<br />

applying a Fourier Transform to the successive segments.<br />

One application <strong>of</strong> Gabor Transform is to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> Tonic-Clonic (Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal)<br />

seizures (see sec. x1.1.2). As we will see in this chapter, these seizures have interesting<br />

time evolving <strong>frequency</strong> characteristics that can not be resolved with <strong>methods</strong> suchasthe<br />

visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> or the Fourier Transform (Quian Quiroga et al., 1997b<br />

Blanco et al., 1998b). Moreover, since it is dicult to extract any information from<br />

the traditional time-<strong>frequency</strong> graphic representation <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform, called<br />

spectrogram, I will introduce three parameters, the relative intensity ratio <strong>and</strong> the mean<br />

<strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong> frequencies, dened from the Gabor Transform, in order to obtain<br />

quantitative measures <strong>of</strong> the dynamics <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures.<br />

After a brief theoretical outline, I will describe two dierent type <strong>of</strong> applications.<br />

First, the application to scalp recorded tonic-clonic seizures (Quian Quiroga et al.,<br />

1997b) <strong>and</strong> second, the application to intracranially recorded tonic-clonic seizures (Blanco<br />

et al., 1995b,1996a).<br />

21


3.2 Theoretical background<br />

The Gabor transform <strong>of</strong> a signal x(t) is dened as follows:<br />

G D (f t) =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

x(t 0 ) g D(t 0 ; t) e ;i2ft0 dt 0 (14)<br />

where denotes complex conjugation. Note that G D (f t) is the same as the Fourier<br />

Transform (eq. 2) but with the introduction <strong>of</strong> the window g D(t 0 ; t) <strong>of</strong> wide D <strong>and</strong><br />

center in t. Furthermore, in analogy with the Fourier Transform, the Gabor Transform<br />

can be considered as an inner product between the signal <strong>and</strong> the complex sinusoidal<br />

functions e ;i2ft0<br />

modulated by the window g D (compare with eq. 3), i.e.<br />

G D (f t) = (15)<br />

The window function g D is introduced in order to localize the Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong><br />

the signal at time t. For this reason, the window function mustbepeaked around t <strong>and</strong><br />

falling o rapidly, thus emphasizing the signal in the rst case <strong>and</strong> suppressing it for<br />

distant times. Several window functions can be used for achieving this, among them,<br />

Gabor (1946) proposed the use <strong>of</strong> a Gaussian function:<br />

g (t) =<br />

<br />

1=4<br />

e<br />

;<br />

2 t2 (16)<br />

Since the Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> a Gaussian is again a Gaussian, this function allows a<br />

simultaneous localization in time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> (see appendix xA). It should be noted<br />

that the Gaussian is described in function <strong>of</strong> a positive constant <strong>and</strong> the window<br />

function in eq. 14 was dened in function <strong>of</strong> the window length D. This is because<br />

Gaussian functions do not have compact support (i.e. they are not 0 outside a certain<br />

boundary). However, they approach asymptotically to 0 with a rate determined by<br />

the parameter . In consequence, the Gaussian function can be truncated to have a<br />

length D, by assuming that in the borders their values are nearly 0 due to the use <strong>of</strong> a<br />

reasonable decay . Then, in the case <strong>of</strong> Gaussian windows the Gabor Transform can<br />

be explicitly dened as a function <strong>of</strong> the parameter <br />

G D (f t) ! G D(f t) (17)<br />

Let us return now to the general case <strong>of</strong> any arbitrary window function <strong>and</strong> consider<br />

the inverse transformation. Taking the inverse Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> eq. 14 <strong>and</strong> after<br />

some algebraic manipulation we obtain:<br />

x(t) = 1<br />

k g D k<br />

Z 1 Z 1<br />

;1<br />

;1<br />

G D (f t 0 ) g D (t ; t 0 ) e i2ft df dt 0 (18)<br />

22


where k g D k= R 1<br />

;1 jg D(t 0 )j 2 dt 0 . Eq. 18 is the inverse Gabor Transform <strong>and</strong> implies that<br />

the original signal can be completely reconstructed from the coecients G D (f t).<br />

Gabor Transform is highly redundant because it gives a time-<strong>frequency</strong> map from<br />

every time value <strong>of</strong> the original signal. In order to decrease redundancy, asampled Gabor<br />

Transform can be dened by taking discrete values <strong>of</strong> time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong>, i.e.:<br />

G D (f t) ! G D (mF nT ) (19)<br />

where F <strong>and</strong> T represent the <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>and</strong> time sampling steps. Small F steps are<br />

obtained by using large windows, <strong>and</strong> small T steps are obtained by using high overlapping<br />

between successive windows. Depending on the resolution required, a proper<br />

choice <strong>of</strong> F <strong>and</strong> T will decrease the redundancy <strong>and</strong> save computational time, but the<br />

price to pay is that the reconstruction will be no longer straightforward as with eq. 18<br />

(Qian <strong>and</strong> Chen, 1996).<br />

In the following, for convenience I will keep the notation <strong>of</strong> the continuous Gabor<br />

Transform dened in eq. 14. The spectrum can be dened as<br />

I(f t) =jG D (f t)j 2 = G D(f t) G D (f t) (20)<br />

<strong>and</strong> a time-<strong>frequency</strong> representation <strong>of</strong> the signal can be obtained by using a recursive<br />

algorithm that slides the time window <strong>and</strong> plots the energy (I) as a function <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>and</strong> time. These plots, called spectrograms (see g. 8), give an elegant visual<br />

description <strong>of</strong> the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the dierent frequencies, but it is dicult to extract<br />

from them any quantitative measure.<br />

In order to quantify this information, I will dene the b<strong>and</strong> power spectral intensity<br />

for each one <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> traditional <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s i (i = :::) as:<br />

I (i) (t) =<br />

Z f<br />

(i) max<br />

f (i) min<br />

I(f t) df i = ::: (21)<br />

where ( f (i) min f (i) max ) are the <strong>frequency</strong> limits for the b<strong>and</strong> i. The division <strong>and</strong> grouping<br />

<strong>of</strong> the spectrum in <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s is not arbitrary, since as showed in section x1.1.1<br />

<strong>and</strong> section x2.3.3, <strong>EEG</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s are correlated with dierent sources <strong>and</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> the<br />

brain.<br />

Obviously the total power spectral intensity will be<br />

I T (t) = X i<br />

I (i) (t) i = ::: (22)<br />

<strong>and</strong> we can dene the b<strong>and</strong> relative intensity ratio (RIR) foreach <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong> i as<br />

23


Figure 6: Procedure for calculating the Gabor Transform <strong>and</strong> the RIR.<br />

RIR (i) (t) = I (i) (t)<br />

I T (t)<br />

100 (23)<br />

Figure 6 illustrates the iterative procedure for calculating the RIR. First, a window<br />

centered in a time T 1 is applied to the data (step A) <strong>and</strong> the Gabor Transform <strong>of</strong> this<br />

windowed data is calculated by using eq. 14 (step B). Then, the RIR is calculated <strong>and</strong><br />

plotted (step C). Finally, the window is displaced a xed time <strong>and</strong> the procedure is<br />

repeated, obtaining a time representation <strong>of</strong> the RIR.<br />

For further quantitative <strong>analysis</strong>, we dene the b<strong>and</strong> mean weight <strong>frequency</strong> as<br />

=<br />

h Z f<br />

(i) max<br />

f (i) min<br />

24<br />

I(f t) f df<br />

i<br />

=I (i) (t) (24)


<strong>and</strong> the b<strong>and</strong> maximum peak <strong>frequency</strong> (f (i)<br />

M (t)) <strong>of</strong> the i-b<strong>and</strong>, as the <strong>frequency</strong> value for<br />

which I(f t) is maximum in the interval ( f (i) min f (i) max )ata time t, i.e.<br />

I(f M t) >I(f t)<br />

8 f 6= f M (f (i)<br />

min f(i) max) (25)<br />

Uncertainty Principle<br />

One critical limitation appears when windowing the data due to the Uncertainty<br />

Principle (Cohen, 1995 Chui, 1992 Qian <strong>and</strong> Chen, 1996 Kaiser, 1994). If the window<br />

is too narrow, the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution will be poor, <strong>and</strong> if the window is to wide, the<br />

time localization will be not so precise. Or in another words, sharp localizations in<br />

time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> are mutually exclusive because a <strong>frequency</strong> can not be calculated<br />

instantaneously. If we denote by t the time uncertainty (time duration) <strong>and</strong> by f the<br />

uncertainty in the frequencies (<strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>width), in the case <strong>of</strong> normalized <strong>signals</strong><br />

the Uncertainty Principle can be expressed as follows (see appendix xA for a pro<strong>of</strong>):<br />

t f 1<br />

(26)<br />

4<br />

This limitation becomes important when the signal has transient components localized<br />

in time as in the case <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s or ERPs. Gabor (1946) suggested a Gaussian<br />

function as the smoothing function, owing to its good localization in time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong>.<br />

In fact, with a Gaussian function eq. 64 is an equality <strong>and</strong> furthermore, the equality also<br />

holds for the mother function <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform, g D e i2ft (see appendix xA).<br />

3.3 Application to intracranially recorded tonic-clonic seizures<br />

3.3.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials<br />

Seizure <strong>EEG</strong> recordings were obtained from a 21 years old male patient. A nine hours<br />

recording was performed with 12 depth electrodes ( each electrode having 5 to 15 contacts<br />

) placed in the epileptogenic zone <strong>and</strong> propagating brain areas. Each signal was<br />

amplied <strong>and</strong> ltered using a 1;40Hz b<strong>and</strong>-pass lter. A 4 pole Butterworth lter was<br />

used as low-pass lter <strong>and</strong> as an anti-aliasing scheme. After 10 bits A/D conversion the<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> data was written continuously onto a hard drive with a sampling rate <strong>of</strong> 256Hz<br />

per channel. Selected data sets <strong>of</strong> ictal <strong>and</strong> interictal activity were stored for subsequent<br />

o-line <strong>analysis</strong>. We established the necessary <strong>frequency</strong> resolution in f = 0:25Hz<br />

in order to have enough <strong>frequency</strong> values for calculating the mean <strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong><br />

frequencies <strong>and</strong> the time resolution was set to t = 0:25sec. This was done by using<br />

a Gaussian window <strong>of</strong> D = 4sec width 2 with slide displacement steps <strong>of</strong> 0:25sec. The<br />

2 from eq. 8, f = 1 = 1<br />

= 1 Hz =0:25Hz<br />

N 4256Hz(1=256Hz) 4<br />

25


decay constant <strong>of</strong> the Gaussian was set to = 2=D 2 (see eq. 16), what makes their<br />

values at the borders less than 5% than the ones <strong>of</strong> the peak, thus avoiding leakage<br />

problems 3 . Finally, the <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong> limits were dened in the following way: delta<br />

(0:5 ; 3:5Hz), theta (3:5 ; 7:5Hz), alpha (7:5 ; 12:5Hz ), beta-1 (12:5 ; 18Hz) <strong>and</strong><br />

beta-2 (18 ; 30Hz).<br />

3.3.2 Results<br />

Figure 7 shows 64 sec. <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> signal corresponding to one depth electrode in the left<br />

hippocampus. The epileptic seizure starts about second 10, <strong>and</strong> nishes about second<br />

54.<br />

The spectrogram corresponding to the previous <strong>EEG</strong> recording is shown in g. 8.<br />

We canobserve from this plot that after second 10, when the seizure starts, there is an<br />

increase <strong>of</strong> the frequencies between 5 ; 20Hz, in agreement with what it can be seen<br />

by visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. Furthermore, there is an abrupt increase <strong>of</strong> the low<br />

frequencies (less than 3Hz) in the post-seizure stage, clearly correlated with the slow<br />

oscillations dominating the last part <strong>of</strong> the recording in g. 7. Although this plot gives a<br />

very elegant representation <strong>of</strong> the signal, it is dicult to extract more information from<br />

it.<br />

Figure 9 shows the relative intensity ratio (RIR), corresponding to the same <strong>EEG</strong><br />

recording. Looking at the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the RIR a good agreement with the signal<br />

morphology can be also established, but in this case the evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s<br />

can be followed with more detail.<br />

The main feature seen in this plot is a clear decrease <strong>of</strong> the delta b<strong>and</strong> during the<br />

seizure, with a dominance <strong>of</strong> alpha <strong>and</strong> some contribution <strong>of</strong> theta. In this case, higher<br />

frequencies ( 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 ) do not give an important contribution during the seizure.<br />

In gure 10 we show the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the mean <strong>and</strong> the maximum <strong>frequency</strong><br />

(f (i)<br />

M (t) <strong>and</strong> see eq. 24 <strong>and</strong> eq. 25) for the dierent b<strong>and</strong>s considered in this<br />

work.<br />

The most interesting result is the similarity between the mean <strong>and</strong> the maximum<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> in the delta b<strong>and</strong> between seconds 28 <strong>and</strong> 40. This reects the presence <strong>of</strong> a<br />

well dened peak in this b<strong>and</strong>, although, as seen in g. 12 its intensity at this time is<br />

relatively low.<br />

3 for simplicity the normalization constant ; <br />

1=4 <strong>of</strong> eq. 16 was arbitrarily set to 1.<br />

<br />

26


Figure 7: Intracraneal seizure recording. Seizure starts at about second 10 <strong>and</strong> ends at<br />

about second 54.<br />

27


Figure 8: Spectrogram <strong>of</strong> the previous <strong>EEG</strong> recording.<br />

Figure 9: RIR <strong>of</strong> the previous seizure recording.<br />

28


Figure 10: Mean (s<strong>of</strong>t line) <strong>and</strong> maximum (line with breaks) b<strong>and</strong> frequencies corresponding<br />

to the same seizure recording.<br />

29


3.3.3 Discussion<br />

The RIR <strong>and</strong> the mean <strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong> frequencies give quantitative information<br />

dicult to obtain from the visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> recording or from the spectrogram.<br />

Moreover, with the RIR the evolution <strong>of</strong> the dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s can be<br />

followed accurately.<br />

The evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s can be more interesting than the following<br />

<strong>of</strong> single peaks, since the rst ones can be related with processes <strong>and</strong> sources <strong>of</strong> the<br />

brain, as described in sec. x1.1.1. Moreover, the access to quantitative values allows<br />

the statistical study <strong>of</strong> interesting features with a large sample <strong>of</strong> seizures, as it will be<br />

shown in sec. x3.4.<br />

The main result was that during the seizure there was an abrupt decrease <strong>of</strong> delta<br />

activity until the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure when it raised up again. The seizure was mostly<br />

dominated by alpha oscillations, result that will be statistically veried in sec. x3.4 with<br />

the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> several scalp seizure recordings.<br />

Although during the seizure delta activity did not reach high amplitudes in comparison<br />

with the ones <strong>of</strong> alpha <strong>and</strong> theta, it was the only one who showed a signicant<br />

similarity between the mean <strong>and</strong> maximum frequencies, thus showing the presence <strong>of</strong> a<br />

well dened peak. It can be conjectured that during the seizure delta oscillations act as<br />

a latent pacemaker obscured by the higher amplitude <strong>of</strong> the alpha <strong>and</strong> theta ones, until<br />

the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure when it recruits more cell assemblies <strong>and</strong> completely dominates.<br />

3.4 Application to scalp recorded tonic-clonic seizures<br />

3.4.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials<br />

Subjects <strong>and</strong> data recording<br />

Twenty tonic-clonic seizures from eight epileptic patients were analyzed. Scalp electrodes<br />

with linked earlobes references were applied following the 10 ; 20 international<br />

system (see sec. x1.1).<br />

Each signal was digitized at 409:6Hz through a 12 bit A/D converter <strong>and</strong> ltered<br />

with an \antialiasing" eight pole lowpass Bessel lter, with a cuto <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>of</strong> 50 Hz.<br />

Then, the signal was digitally ltered with a 1;50Hz b<strong>and</strong>width lter <strong>and</strong> stored, after<br />

decimation, at 102:4Hz inaPChard drive.<br />

Gabor Transform <strong>and</strong> data processing<br />

Analysis for each event included one minute <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> before the seizure onset <strong>and</strong> two<br />

minutes containing the ictal <strong>and</strong> post-ictal phases. All 3 minutes were analyzed from<br />

the right central (C4) electrode, choosing this electrode after visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the<br />

30


<strong>EEG</strong> as the one with least amount <strong>of</strong> artifacts.<br />

The RIR was calculated as described in g. 6 by applying a Gaussian window with a<br />

width <strong>of</strong> D =2:5sec: <strong>and</strong> slide displacement steps <strong>of</strong> 1:25sec: (half-overlapping windows).<br />

The selection <strong>of</strong> D = 2:5sec: allows a <strong>frequency</strong> resolution f = 0:4Hz, which was<br />

considered enough for obtaining a good measure <strong>of</strong> the RIR. The constant <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Gaussian function (see eq. 16) was set as in section x3.3.1. Traditional <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s<br />

were set to 1 ; 3:5, 3:5 ; 7:5, <strong>and</strong> 7:5 ; 12:5Hz respectively. Given that beta 1 <strong>and</strong> beta<br />

2 are closely related to muscle artifact those b<strong>and</strong>s were excluded from the <strong>analysis</strong>.<br />

Plateau criteria<br />

Clear decrements in delta activity were seen during the seizures. In order to quantify<br />

this observation, the mean relative intensity ratio (MRIR) for the delta b<strong>and</strong> was<br />

calculated in the pre-ictal phase <strong>and</strong> compared with the value in the low intensity zones<br />

(plateaus) observed during the seizure. Pre-ictal MRIR was dened as the mean value<br />

<strong>of</strong> the RIR in the minute before the seizure, discarding those areas contaminated by<br />

artifacts (dened by visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>). In the ictal phase, plateaus were<br />

dened according to the following criteria:<br />

1. Plateaus must last at least 10sec in order to avoid local variations<br />

2. MRIR(ictal) < 0:3 MRIR(pre ; ictal) <strong>and</strong><br />

3. St<strong>and</strong>ard error <strong>of</strong> the plateau MRIR (SEM) must be less than 1toconrm low<br />

variance.<br />

Although the choice <strong>of</strong> these criteria is arbitrary, no plateaus were identied in the<br />

pre-ictal phase, strongly indicating that the appearance <strong>of</strong> a plateau in the ictal phase<br />

reects a dynamical change rather than a statistical phenomenon.<br />

3.4.2 Results<br />

As an example <strong>of</strong> the <strong>analysis</strong> performed I will describe the results <strong>of</strong> one <strong>of</strong> the seizures<br />

<strong>and</strong> then I will summarize the global ndings.<br />

Figure 11 discloses three minutes <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> data <strong>of</strong> one typical seizure <strong>and</strong> the RIR<br />

<strong>of</strong> this signal is shown in gure 12. Pre-ictal phase is characterized by asignal<strong>of</strong>50V<br />

amplitude with a dominance <strong>of</strong> delta rhythms (pre-ictal delta MRIR 50%). Seizure<br />

starts at second 80 (marked with an S in both graphs) with a discharge <strong>of</strong> slow waves<br />

superposed by fast ones with lower amplitude. This discharge lasts approximately 8<br />

seconds, has a mean amplitude <strong>of</strong> 100V , <strong>and</strong>, as seen in gure 12, produces a marked<br />

rise in delta b<strong>and</strong>, which reaches 90% <strong>of</strong> the RIR. Afterwards, seizure spreads making<br />

31


the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> more complicated due to muscle artifacts however, it is possible<br />

to establish the beginning <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase at around second 123 <strong>and</strong> the end <strong>of</strong> the<br />

seizure at second 155 (marked with an E in both graphs) where there is an abrupt decay<br />

<strong>of</strong> the signal.<br />

Although it is dicult to extract any information from the <strong>EEG</strong> during the seizure,<br />

in gure 12 we can follow its <strong>frequency</strong> pattern. From second 90, delta activity decreases<br />

abruptly to values lower than 10% <strong>of</strong> the RIR, <strong>and</strong> theta <strong>and</strong> alpha b<strong>and</strong>s alternatively<br />

dominate. We also observe that the starting <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase is correlated with a<br />

rise <strong>of</strong> theta frequencies <strong>and</strong> after second 140, when clonic discharges became more<br />

separated, delta activity rises up again until the end <strong>of</strong> the seizure, also maintaining<br />

this behavior in the post-ictal phase.<br />

We can conclude from this example that the seizure was dominated by alpha <strong>and</strong><br />

theta rhythms with a corresponding abrupt decrease <strong>of</strong> delta activity. By applying<br />

the criteria explained in the previous section, a plateau <strong>of</strong> delta decrement was dened<br />

between seconds 99 <strong>and</strong> 138, lasting 39 seconds, having very low variance (0.14) <strong>and</strong><br />

also having a very low ictal to pre-ictal delta MRIR (2%).<br />

Considering the whole group, a stereotyped pattern was identied in 14=20 (70%) <strong>of</strong><br />

the seizures. This pattern was characterized by a signicant reduction in delta activity<br />

during the seizures, implying that they were dominated by theta <strong>and</strong> alpha rhythms<br />

until the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure when delta activity started to rise again.<br />

One critical point in our results is the possible distortion due to spatial propagation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the seizure, duetothefactthat data <strong>of</strong> C4 electrodes was analyzed, <strong>and</strong> the sources<br />

<strong>of</strong> the seizures were mostly in temporal locations. In order to overcome this, Gabor<br />

Transform was also applied to T3 <strong>and</strong> T4 electrodes, obtaining similar results to the<br />

ones reported with C4 electrodes.<br />

3.4.3 Discussion<br />

The most robust nding is that in 70% <strong>of</strong> the seizures a signicant reduction in delta<br />

activity was observed by applying the plateau criteria. This was usually seen at the<br />

beginning <strong>of</strong> the seizure, thus emphasizing the dominance <strong>of</strong> alpha <strong>and</strong> theta b<strong>and</strong>s<br />

during the initial phases <strong>of</strong> a tonic-clonic seizure. This result is in agreement with our<br />

previous observations using Gabor Transform to analyze ictal patterns recorded with<br />

depth electrodes (Blanco et al., 1995b, 1996a, 1996b, 1997). Although the selection <strong>of</strong><br />

the plateau criteria might have inuenced these results, slight changes in the denition<br />

<strong>of</strong> the plateau showed no signicant variations. Also, results do not depend on the<br />

patient studied, <strong>and</strong> owing to the great variation in age, antiepileptic drugs, <strong>and</strong> source<br />

<strong>of</strong> the seizure between patients, we can conclude that the results are not dependent on<br />

32


Figure 11: Scalp <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>of</strong> the right central channel during a Tonic-Clonic seizure<br />

Figure 12: RIR corresponding to the previous seizure<br />

33


these factors.<br />

A rise in delta activity was observed towards the end <strong>of</strong> the seizures. This pattern<br />

was also seen with depth recordings, thus making unlikely the possibility <strong>of</strong> being generated<br />

by artifacts. Neuronal fatigue, decrement in neuronal ring <strong>and</strong> preponderance <strong>of</strong><br />

inhibitory mechanisms are critical factors in the mechanisms underlying this observation<br />

which prompts further research.<br />

These results were obtained by avoiding muscle artifacts with Gabor Transform, thus<br />

supporting their utility for the evaluation <strong>of</strong> tonic-clonic seizures, something dicult to<br />

assess in scalp recorded <strong>EEG</strong>s. As Niedermeyer (1993c) pointed out:<br />

\Muscle activity rapidly obscures the recording the vertex deviation, however,<br />

may remain artifact-free due to the lack <strong>of</strong> underlying muscles. Informative<br />

Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal recordings can be secured only from patients with muscle<br />

relaxation from curarization 4 <strong>and</strong> articial respiration".<br />

Gotman et al. (1981) avoid this problem by the use <strong>of</strong> lters. However, he pointed<br />

out that ltering the signal has several disadvantages. On the one h<strong>and</strong> it is impossible<br />

to separate brain <strong>and</strong> muscle activity in the <strong>EEG</strong>, <strong>and</strong> further, it is well known<br />

that ltering high frequencies also aects the morphology <strong>of</strong> the low ones. Gastaut <strong>and</strong><br />

Broughton (1972) instead, described a <strong>frequency</strong> pattern during a tonic-clonic seizure<br />

<strong>of</strong> a curarizated patient. In the rst seconds after the seizure onset, they found an<br />

epileptic \recruiting rhythm" <strong>of</strong> 10Hz associated with the tonic phase that lasted approximately<br />

10 seconds later, as the seizure ended, there was a progressive increase <strong>of</strong><br />

the lower frequencies (5 ; 6Hz) associated with the clonic phase. Our ndings were<br />

similar to the ones highlighted by Gastaut <strong>and</strong> Broughton, but recruiting rhythms were<br />

observed to be also in the theta range or, as seen in most cases, uctuating between<br />

alpha <strong>and</strong> theta. Darcey <strong>and</strong> Williamson (1985) also obtained similar patterns by analyzing<br />

seizures recorded with depth electrodes. They reported an activity characterized<br />

by 10Hz at the onset <strong>of</strong> the seizure, <strong>frequency</strong> that declined as the seizure ended. The<br />

results presented here diers from these previous attempts in that a quantication <strong>of</strong><br />

the Gabor Transform was performed with the RIR, thus allowing the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> content <strong>of</strong> the seizure. One important point to note is that these results were<br />

obtained with scalp recordings <strong>and</strong> without the need for curare or any ltering method.<br />

4 Curare is a drug that blocks neuromuscular transmission, thus inhibiting the muscular artifacts<br />

characteristic <strong>of</strong> the Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures<br />

34


3.5 Conclusion<br />

In this chapter I described the use <strong>of</strong> quantitative parameters dened from the Gabor<br />

Transform applied to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. These parameters give an accurate<br />

description <strong>of</strong> the time evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> rhythms, something dicult to perform from<br />

the spectrograms. Spectrograms are more suitable for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> long recordings<br />

in which only large scale variations, <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> minutes or hours, are relevant (see<br />

examples <strong>of</strong> spectrogram <strong>analysis</strong> in Lopes da Silva, 1993b Gotman, 1990a). In this<br />

context, spectrograms are for example very useful for discriminating between dierent<br />

sleep stages, due to the slow variation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns. However, as showed in<br />

sec. x3.3.2, spectrograms are not so suitable for the <strong>analysis</strong> epileptic seizures, in which<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> patterns change in the order <strong>of</strong> seconds.<br />

On the other h<strong>and</strong>, the quantication by means <strong>of</strong> the RIR allowed the performance<br />

<strong>of</strong> a statistical <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> content <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures, by studying 20<br />

scalp seizure recordings. This <strong>analysis</strong> showed marked decreases <strong>of</strong> the delta b<strong>and</strong> during<br />

the seizure due to the dominance <strong>of</strong> alpha <strong>and</strong> theta b<strong>and</strong> at this stage. Since intracranial<br />

recordings are nearly free <strong>of</strong> artifacts, the fact that the same pattern was seen in both<br />

situations reinforces the idea that the results obtained with scalp electrodes were not<br />

an spurious eect <strong>of</strong> muscle activity, or<strong>of</strong>the procedure achieved for their elimination.<br />

The introduction <strong>of</strong> the mean <strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong> frequencies allowed the study <strong>of</strong><br />

the time evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> patterns within each <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>. It is interesting<br />

to note that with this <strong>analysis</strong> it was possible to establish the presence <strong>of</strong> a well dened<br />

delta oscillation during the seizure, in spite <strong>of</strong> the fact that its energy was very low <strong>and</strong><br />

remained latent until the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure, when it reached very high amplitudes<br />

<strong>and</strong> dominated the <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

Other interesting point to note is that although the grouping in <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s<br />

implies a loose <strong>of</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> resolution, it can be more useful than the study <strong>of</strong> single<br />

frequencies or peaks, due to the relations between <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> functions or<br />

sources <strong>of</strong> the brain.<br />

The use <strong>of</strong> the present time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>, together with the clinical patient<br />

history <strong>and</strong> the visual assessment <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, can contribute to the identication <strong>of</strong> the<br />

source <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures <strong>and</strong> to a better underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> its dynamic.<br />

Certainly, Gabor Transform is not intended to replace conventional <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>,<br />

but rather to complement it <strong>and</strong> also to provide further insights into the underlying<br />

mechanisms <strong>of</strong> ictal patterns. In this context, RIR allows a fast interpretation <strong>of</strong> several<br />

minutes <strong>of</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> variations in a single display, something dicult to perform with<br />

traditional scalp <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

35


4 Wavelet Transform<br />

4.1 Introduction<br />

Fourier Transform consists in making a correlation between the signal to be analyzed<br />

<strong>and</strong> complex sinusoids <strong>of</strong> dierent frequencies (see upper part <strong>of</strong> g. 13). As stated in<br />

chapter x2, Fourier Transform gives no information about time <strong>and</strong> requires stationarity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the signal. By \windowing" the complex sinusoidal mother functions <strong>of</strong> the Fourier<br />

Transform, a time evolution <strong>of</strong> the frequencies can be obtained just sliding the windows<br />

throughout the signal. This procedure, called the Gabor Transform, consists in correlating<br />

the original signal with modulated complex sinusoids as showed in the middle part <strong>of</strong><br />

g. 13 (for details see section x3.2). Gabor Transform gives an optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong><br />

representation, but one critical limitation appears when windowing the data due to the<br />

Uncertainty Principle (see x3.2 <strong>and</strong> xA Cohen, 1995 Strang <strong>and</strong> Nguyen, 1996 Chui,<br />

1992). If the window is too narrow, the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution will be poor, <strong>and</strong> if the<br />

window is too wide, the time localization will be not so precise. Data involving slow<br />

processes will require wide windows <strong>and</strong> on the other h<strong>and</strong>, for data with fast transients<br />

(high <strong>frequency</strong> components) a narrow window will be more suitable. Then, owing to<br />

its xed window size, Gabor Transform is not suitable for analyzing <strong>signals</strong> involving<br />

dierent range <strong>of</strong> frequencies.<br />

Grossmann <strong>and</strong> Morlet (1984) introduced the Wavelet Transform in order to overcome<br />

this problem. The main advantage <strong>of</strong> wavelets is that they have avarying window<br />

size, being wide for slow frequencies <strong>and</strong> narrow for the fast ones (see lower part <strong>of</strong><br />

g. 13), thus leading to an optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution in all the <strong>frequency</strong> ranges<br />

(Chui, 1992 Strang <strong>and</strong> Nguyen, 1996 Mallat, 1989). Furthermore, owing to the fact<br />

that windows are adapted to the transients <strong>of</strong> each scale, wavelets lack <strong>of</strong> the requirement<br />

<strong>of</strong> stationarity.<br />

This chapter starts with a brief theoretical background <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform.<br />

Details <strong>of</strong> a straightforward implementation called the multiresolution <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>and</strong> an<br />

alternative decomposition <strong>of</strong> time <strong>signals</strong> called the Wavelet Packets <strong>analysis</strong> will be<br />

given. In section x4.4, I will show the results obtained by applying trigonometric wavelet<br />

packets (Serrano, 1996) to the study <strong>of</strong> tonic-clonic seizures (Blanco et al., 1998a). In<br />

sections x4.5 <strong>and</strong> x4.6, I will analyze two dierent types <strong>of</strong> event related potentials. By<br />

using the multiresolution decomposition method, in the rst case I will study the alpha<br />

b<strong>and</strong> responses (Quian Quiroga <strong>and</strong> Schurmann, 1998, 1999) <strong>and</strong> in the second case the<br />

ones corresponding to the gamma b<strong>and</strong> (Sakowicz et al., 1999). Finally, I will discuss<br />

advantages <strong>of</strong> Wavelets in the study <strong>of</strong> brain <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

36


Original signal<br />

FOURIER TRANSFORM<br />

GABOR TRANSFORM<br />

WAVELET TRANSFORM<br />

Figure 13: Frequency <strong>and</strong> time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong>. Fourier Transform is obtained by<br />

correlating the original signal with complex sinusoids <strong>of</strong> dierent frequencies (upper<br />

part). In Gabor Transform, the signal is correlated with modulated sinusoidal functions<br />

that slides upon the time axis, thus giving a time-<strong>frequency</strong> representation (middle<br />

part). Wavelets give an alternative time-scale representation but due to their varying<br />

window size, a better resolution for each scale is achieved (bottom part). Furthermore,<br />

the function to be correlated with the original signal can be chosen depending on the<br />

application (e.g. in the graph quadratic B-Splines wavelets are shown).<br />

37


4.2 Theoretical Background<br />

4.2.1 Continuous Wavelet Transform<br />

A wavelet family ab is a set <strong>of</strong> elemental functions generated by dilations <strong>and</strong> translations<br />

<strong>of</strong> a unique admissible mother wavelet (t):<br />

ab(t) = jaj ;1=2<br />

t ; b<br />

where a b 2 R, a 6= 0 are the scale <strong>and</strong> translation parameters respectively.<br />

a<br />

<br />

(27)<br />

As a<br />

increases the wavelet becomes more narrow <strong>and</strong> by varying b, the mother wavelet is<br />

displaced in time. Thus, the wavelet family gives a unique pattern <strong>and</strong> its replicas at<br />

dierent scales <strong>and</strong> with variable localization in time.<br />

The continuous wavelet transform <strong>of</strong> a signal X(t) 2 L 2 (R) (nite energy <strong>signals</strong>) is<br />

dened as the correlation between the signal <strong>and</strong> the wavelet functions ab , i.e.<br />

(W X)(a b) = jaj ;1=2 Z 1<br />

;1<br />

X(t) ( t ; b<br />

a ) dt = < X(t) ab > (28)<br />

where denotes complex conjugation. Then, the dierent correlations<br />

< X(t) ab > indicates how precisely the wavelet function locally ts the signal at<br />

every scale a. Since the correlation is made with dierent scales <strong>of</strong> a single function,<br />

instead <strong>of</strong> with complex sinusoids characterized by their frequencies, wavelets give a<br />

time-scale representation.<br />

4.2.2 Dyadic Wavelet Transform<br />

The continuous Wavelet Transform maps a signal <strong>of</strong> one independent variable t onto<br />

a function <strong>of</strong> two independent variables a b. This procedure is redundant <strong>and</strong> not<br />

ecient for algorithm implementations. In consequence, it is more practical to dene<br />

the Wavelet Transform only at discrete scales a <strong>and</strong> discrete times b. One way toachieve<br />

this, is by choosing the discrete set <strong>of</strong> parameters fa j = 2 j b jk = 2 j kg, with j k 2 Z.<br />

Replacing in eq. 27 we obtain the discrete wavelet family<br />

jk(t) = 2 ;j=2 ( 2 ;j t ; k ) j k 2 Z (29)<br />

that forms a basis <strong>of</strong> the Hilbert space L 2 (R), <strong>and</strong> whose correlation with the signal is<br />

called Dyadic Wavelet Transform.<br />

38


4.2.3 Multiresolution Analysis<br />

Contracted versions <strong>of</strong> the wavelet function will match high <strong>frequency</strong> components <strong>of</strong><br />

the original signal <strong>and</strong> on the other h<strong>and</strong>, dilated versions will match low <strong>frequency</strong><br />

oscillations. By correlating the original signal with wavelet functions <strong>of</strong> dierent sizes<br />

we can obtain the details <strong>of</strong> the signal in dierent scale levels. Then, the information<br />

given by the dyadic Wavelet Transform can be organized according to a hierarchical<br />

scheme called multiresolution <strong>analysis</strong> (Mallat, 1989 Chui, 1992).<br />

If we denote by W j the subspaces <strong>of</strong> L 2 generated by the wavelets jk for each level<br />

j, the space L 2 can be decomposed as a direct sum <strong>of</strong> the subspaces W j ,<br />

L 2 = X j2Z<br />

W j (30)<br />

Let us dene the closed subspaces<br />

V j = W j+1 W j+2 ::: j 2Z (31)<br />

The subspaces V j are a multiresolution approximation <strong>of</strong> L 2 <strong>and</strong> they are generated by<br />

scalings <strong>and</strong> translations <strong>of</strong> a single function jk called the scaling function. Then, for<br />

the subspaces V j we have the orthogonal complementary subspaces W j , namely:<br />

V j;1 = V j W j j 2Z (32)<br />

Let us suppose we have a discrete signal X(n), which we will denote as x 0 , with nite<br />

energy <strong>and</strong> without loss <strong>of</strong> generality, let us suppose that the sampling rate is t =1.<br />

Then, we can successively decompose it with the following recursive scheme<br />

x j;1 ( n ) = x j ( n ) r j ( n ) (33)<br />

where the terms x j (n) 2 V j give the coarser representation <strong>of</strong> the signal <strong>and</strong> r j (n) 2 W j<br />

give the details for each scale j =0 1 N. Then, for any resolution level N > 0, we<br />

can write the decomposition <strong>of</strong> the signal as<br />

x N (k) ( 2 ;N n ; k ) +<br />

NX<br />

X<br />

C j (k) jk (n) (34)<br />

X(n) = X k<br />

j=1<br />

k<br />

where () is the scaling function, C j (k) are the wavelet coecients, <strong>and</strong> the sequence<br />

fx N (k)g represents the coarser signal at the resolution level N. The second term is<br />

the wavelet expansion. The wavelet coecients C j (k) can be interpreted as the local<br />

residual errors between successive signal approximations at scales j ; 1 <strong>and</strong> j, <strong>and</strong><br />

39


j (n) = X k<br />

C j (k) jk (n) (35)<br />

is the detail signal at scale j.<br />

Figure 14 shows as an example the multiresolution decomposition method applied<br />

to an event-related potential <strong>and</strong> the corresponding reconstruction achieved by using<br />

the inverse transform. The method starts by correlating the signal with shifted versions<br />

(i.e. thus giving the time evolution) <strong>of</strong> a contracted wavelet function, the coecients<br />

obtained thus giving the detail <strong>of</strong> the high <strong>frequency</strong> components. The remaining part<br />

will be a coarser version <strong>of</strong> the original signal that can be obtained by correlating the<br />

signal with the scaling function, which is orthogonal to the wavelet function. Then, the<br />

wavelet function is dilated <strong>and</strong> from the coarser signal the procedure is repeated, thus<br />

giving a decomposition <strong>of</strong> the signal in dierent scale levels, or what it is analog, in<br />

dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s. This method gives a decomposition <strong>of</strong> the signal that can be<br />

implemented with very ecient algorithms due to the fact that it can be achieved just<br />

by applying simple lters, as showed by Mallat (1989, see table 1 for an example). The<br />

lower levels give the details corresponding to the high <strong>frequency</strong> components <strong>and</strong> the<br />

higher levels the ones corresponding the the low frequencies. As pointed out in sec. x4.1,<br />

the levels related with higher frequencies have more coecients that the lower ones, due<br />

to the varying window size <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform.<br />

4.2.4 B-Splines wavelets<br />

An important point to be discussed is howtochoose the mother functions to be compared<br />

with the signal. In principle, the wavelet function should have a certain shape that we<br />

would like to localize in the original signal. However, due to mathematical restrictions,<br />

not every function can be used as a wavelet. Then, one criterion for choosing the wavelet<br />

function is that \it looks similar" to the patterns <strong>of</strong> the original signal. In this respect,<br />

B-Spline functions seem suitable for decomposing ERPs (see bottom part <strong>of</strong> gure 13).<br />

B-Splines are piecewise polynomial functions <strong>of</strong> a certain degree that form a base in<br />

L 2 (R) (see e.g. Chui, 1992). Filter coecients corresponding to quadratic B-Splines are<br />

shown in table 1. We can remark the following properties that makes them very suitable<br />

for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> ERP (Unser et al., 1992, 1993 Unser, 1997 Chui, 1992 Strang <strong>and</strong><br />

Nguyen, 1996):<br />

1. Smoothness: the smooth behavior <strong>of</strong> B-Splines is very important in order to avoid<br />

border eects when making the correlation between the original signal <strong>and</strong> a<br />

wavelet function with abrupt patterns.<br />

40


Original signal<br />

-15<br />

0<br />

15<br />

-1sec<br />

0<br />

1sec<br />

Multiresolution Decomposition<br />

Multiresolution Reconstruction<br />

Level 1<br />

Level 2<br />

Level 3<br />

Level 4<br />

Level 5<br />

Level 6<br />

-15<br />

0<br />

15<br />

-15<br />

0<br />

15<br />

-1sec<br />

0 1sec<br />

-1sec 0<br />

1sec<br />

Figure 14: Multiresolution decomposition method. The signal is decomposed in scale<br />

levels each one representing the activity in dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s. The wavelet coef-<br />

cients show how closely the signal matches locally the dierent dilated versions <strong>of</strong> the<br />

wavelet mother function (in this case a quadratic B-Spline). Furthermore, by applying<br />

the inverse transform, the signal can be reconstructed from the wavelet coecients for<br />

each scale level.<br />

41


k h(k) g(k) p 2 (k) q 2 (k)<br />

-10 0.00157 -0.00388<br />

-9 0.01909 -0.03416<br />

-8 -0.00503 0.03416<br />

-7 -0.0444 0.07933<br />

-6 0.01165 -0.02096<br />

-5 0.10328 -0.18408<br />

-4 -0.02593 0.04977 0.00208<br />

-3 -0.24373 0.42390 -0.06040<br />

-2 0.03398 -0.14034 0.25 0.30625<br />

-1 0.65523 -0.90044 0.75 -0.63125<br />

0 0.65523 0.90044 0.75 0.63125<br />

1 0.03398 0.14034 0.25 -0.30625<br />

2 -0.24373 -0.42390 -0.06040<br />

3 -0.02593 -0.04977 -0.00208<br />

4 0.10328 0.18408<br />

5 0.01165 0.02096<br />

6 -0.0444 -0.07933<br />

7 -0.00503 -0.00901<br />

8 0.01909 0.03416<br />

9 0.00157 0.00388<br />

Table 1: Filter coecients for quadratic B-Splines. h <strong>and</strong> g are the decomposition lters<br />

<strong>and</strong> p 2 , q 2 are the reconstruction ones (from Ademoglu et al, 1997 see also Strang <strong>and</strong><br />

Nguyen, 1996).<br />

2. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution: it was shown that B-Spline functions have nearly optimal<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution (i.e. nearly the maximum allowed by the uncertainty<br />

principle Unser et al., 1992).<br />

3. Compact support: this means that the wavelet function does not extend to innity.<br />

This fact is important in order not to include in a certain wavelet coecient<br />

correlations with points far in the past or in the future.<br />

4. Semi-orthogonality: the use <strong>of</strong> B-Splines as mother functions when applying the<br />

multiresolution decomposition guarantees orthogonalitybetween the dierent scales.<br />

42


4.2.5 Wavelet Packets<br />

In the approach described before, only the successive <strong>signals</strong> x j (n) are decomposed, but<br />

in many cases, it is also interesting to decompose the details r j (n). If we decompose<br />

both x j (n) <strong>and</strong> r j (n), then the original signal can be represented in dierent ways as<br />

combinations <strong>of</strong> x j (n) <strong>and</strong> r j (n) <strong>of</strong>dierent levels j.<br />

In this work, a decomposition called trigonometric wavelet packets was used (Serrano,<br />

1996). The main idea is to decompose the components r j (n) in portions.<br />

We dene any portion or local signal as<br />

r (ml)<br />

j ( n ) =<br />

l+2 m ;1<br />

X<br />

k=l<br />

C j (k) jk ( n ) (36)<br />

where the parameters m <strong>and</strong> l are chosen for r (ml)<br />

j (n) to cover the full time interval<br />

2 ;j l n 2 ;j (l +2 m ), which is a relative long interval <strong>of</strong> length 2 m;j . Note that we<br />

dened the local wavelet packet with 2 m basic functions jk (n) fork = l l+2 m ; 1.<br />

Now, we dene the set <strong>of</strong> fundamental frequencies<br />

! mh = +2h=2 m (37)<br />

with 0 h 2 m;1 <strong>and</strong> associated Fourier matrix M (m) given by<br />

M (m)<br />

dk<br />

= 2 ;m=2 8><<br />

>:<br />

sin[ (k +1=2) ]<br />

if d = 1<br />

2 1=2 cos[ ! mh (k +1=2) ] if d is even<br />

2 1=2 sin[ ! mh (k +1=2) ] if d is odd<br />

cos[ 2(k +1=2) ] if d = 2 m <br />

with 1 d 2 m , 0 k < 2 m <strong>and</strong> h = [d=2], where [ ] denotes the integer part. It<br />

can be demonstrated that M (m) is a 2 m 2 m dimensional orthogonal matrix (Serrano,<br />

1996).<br />

Then, we can dene the new set <strong>of</strong> elemental functions in order to exp<strong>and</strong> r (ml)<br />

j (n)<br />

as a 2 m dimensional vector obtained from<br />

for 1 d 2 m .<br />

(ml)<br />

jd<br />

( n ) =<br />

l+2 m ;1<br />

X<br />

k=l<br />

(38)<br />

M (m)<br />

dk jk ( n ) (39)<br />

Clearly, these functions constitute a new local orthonormal basis covering the interval<br />

under <strong>analysis</strong> 2 ;j l n 2 ;j (l +2 m ). Therefore we can give a second description <strong>of</strong><br />

the local signal as<br />

43


(ml)<br />

j ( n ) =<br />

2 m X<br />

d=1<br />

<strong>and</strong> the corresponding coecients are easily computed as<br />

where 1 d 2 m .<br />

D (ml)<br />

j ( d ) =<br />

D (ml)<br />

j ( d ) (ml)<br />

jd<br />

( n ) : (40)<br />

l+2 m ;1<br />

X<br />

k=l<br />

M (m)<br />

dk<br />

C j ( k ) (41)<br />

The trigonometric wavelet packets (ml)<br />

jd<br />

(n) have zero mean, oscillate on the interval<br />

2 ;j l n 2 ;j (l +2 m ) <strong>and</strong> decay with exponential ratio. Moreover, their wave-forms<br />

resemble modulated sines or cosines. In fact, it can be demonstrated that each Fourier<br />

(ml)<br />

transform ^<br />

jd<br />

(!) is centered at the fundamental <strong>frequency</strong> ! mh , when d = 2h or<br />

(ml)<br />

d =2h +1. Moreover, ^ jd (!) =0on the other fundamental frequencies.<br />

In other words, the coecients fD (ml)<br />

j<br />

spectrum<br />

for the local signal r (ml)<br />

j<br />

<strong>of</strong> coecients fC j (k)D (ml)<br />

j<br />

(d)g can be considered as the discrete Fourier<br />

(n). Summing up, we can resume in the double set<br />

(d)g the time-scale-<strong>frequency</strong> information <strong>of</strong> the local signal<br />

r (ml)<br />

j (n).<br />

Finally, to analyze the complete function r j (n), that is, the details at level j, we<br />

choose some partition in local components r (m il i )<br />

j (n), according the structure <strong>of</strong> the<br />

signal,<br />

r j ( n ) = X m i<br />

r (m il i )<br />

j ( n ) (42)<br />

where the sequence <strong>of</strong> index l i veries l i+1 = l i +2 m i<br />

. Then, we implement the above<br />

refereed time-scale-<strong>frequency</strong> technique for each local signal.<br />

4.3 Short review <strong>of</strong> wavelets applied to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong><br />

Several works applied the Wavelet Tranform to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s <strong>and</strong> ERPs (see a<br />

review in Unser <strong>and</strong> Aldroubi, 1996 or in Samar et al., 1995). One rst line <strong>of</strong> applications<br />

is for pattern recognition in the <strong>EEG</strong>. This is achieved by correlating dierent<br />

transients <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> with wavelet coecients <strong>of</strong> dierent scales. Schi et al. (1994a)<br />

used amultiresolution decomposition implemented with B-Splines mother functions for<br />

extracting features <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> seizure recordings. They showed a better performance <strong>of</strong><br />

wavelets in comparison with Gabor Transform, <strong>and</strong> a similar resolution <strong>of</strong> the multiresolution<br />

decomposition compared with the continuous Wavelet Transform but with a<br />

44


marked decrease in computational time. Other works also used this approach for automatic<br />

detection <strong>of</strong> spike complexes characteristic <strong>of</strong> epilepsy, thus helping in the <strong>analysis</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> recordings from epileptic patients (Schi et al., 1994b Senhadji et al., 1995<br />

Clark et al., 1995).<br />

Demiralp et al. (1999) used coecients in the delta <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong> for detecting<br />

P300 waves in single trials <strong>of</strong> an auditory oddball paradigm. Furthermore, they used<br />

this approach for making a selectiveaveraging <strong>of</strong> the single trials, thus obtaining a better<br />

denition <strong>of</strong> the P300. Basar et al. (1999) reported the utility <strong>of</strong>Wavelet Transform for<br />

classifying dierent type <strong>of</strong> single sweep responses to cross-modality stimulation.<br />

A digital ltering <strong>of</strong> ERPs based on the Wavelet Transform was proposed by Bertr<strong>and</strong><br />

et al. (1994). They used the method as a noise reduction technique, reporting better<br />

results than the ones obtained with Fourier based <strong>methods</strong>, especially when applied to<br />

non-stationary <strong>signals</strong>. The main goal <strong>of</strong> this type <strong>of</strong> ltering is to extract the eventrelated<br />

responses from the single sweeps by eliminating the contribution <strong>of</strong> the ongoing<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>. This procedure would avoid the necessity <strong>of</strong> averaging the single sweeps. In this<br />

context, Bartnik et al. (1992) characterized the event-related responses from the wavelet<br />

coecients, then using selected coecients for isolating the event-related responses from<br />

the background <strong>EEG</strong> in the single trials. A similar approach has being later proposed<br />

by Zhang <strong>and</strong> Zheng (1997).<br />

Akay et al.<br />

(1994) used the Wavelet Transform for characterizing electrocortical<br />

activity <strong>of</strong> fetal lambs, reporting much better results than the ones obtained with the<br />

Gabor Transform. Thakor et al. (1993) analyzed somatosensory EPs <strong>of</strong> anesthetized<br />

cats with cerebral hypoxia by using the multiresolution decomposition. They report<br />

that selected coecients are sensitive to neurological changes, but having comparable<br />

results than the ones obtained with Fourier based <strong>methods</strong>. Ademoglu et al. (1997) used<br />

wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> for discriminating between normal <strong>and</strong> demented subjects by studying<br />

the N70-P100-N130 complex response to pattern reversal visual evoked potentials (N70<br />

<strong>and</strong> N130 are negative peaks <strong>of</strong> the ERP with a latency <strong>of</strong> 70 <strong>and</strong> 130ms respectively).<br />

Kolev et al. (1997) used the multiresolution decomposition for studying the presence<br />

<strong>of</strong> dierent functional components in the P300 latency range in an auditory oddball<br />

paradigm. Basar et al. (1999) used the wavelet decomposition for studying the alpha<br />

responses to cross-modality stimulation, reporting similar results than the ones obtained<br />

with digital ltering.<br />

45


Figure 15: Scalp <strong>EEG</strong> seizure recording.<br />

4.4 Application to scalp recorded tonic-clonic seizures<br />

4.4.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

An <strong>EEG</strong> time series corresponding to a tonic-clonic seizure <strong>of</strong> an epileptic patient was<br />

analyzed. Scalp electrodes were applied following the 10-20 international system. The<br />

signal was digitized at 409:6 Hz through a 12 bit A/D converter <strong>and</strong> ltered with an<br />

antialiasing eight pole lowpass Bessel lter with a cuto <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>of</strong> 50 Hz. Then, it<br />

was digitally ltered with a 1 ; 50 Hz b<strong>and</strong>width Butterworth lter <strong>and</strong> stored, after<br />

decimation, at 102:4 Hz in a PC hard drive. The recording included one minute <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> before the seizure onset <strong>and</strong> two minutes which included the ictal <strong>and</strong> post-ictal<br />

phases. All 3 minutes were analyzed at the right central (C4) electrode, choosing this<br />

electrode after visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> as the one with the least amount <strong>of</strong> artifacts.<br />

Wavelet Transform was applied by using a cubic Spline function as mother wavelet.<br />

The multiresolution decomposition method (Mallat, 1989) was used for separating the<br />

signal in 7 <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s: B 1 = 25:8 ; 51:2Hz B 2 = 12:8 ; 25:2Hz B 3 = 6:4 ;<br />

12:8Hz B 4 =3:2 ; 6:4Hz B 5 =1:6 ; 3:2Hz B 6 =0:8 ; 1:6Hz B 7 =0:4 ; 0:8Hz).<br />

4.4.2 Results<br />

Figure 15 shows 90sec <strong>of</strong> the Tonic-Clonic seizure studied. The whole recording was<br />

already shown in g. 11. In this case seizure starts at second 10 <strong>and</strong> ends at second 85.<br />

Due to the fact that the aim <strong>of</strong> this work was to analyze middle <strong>and</strong> low frequencies<br />

46


ain activity during an epileptic seizure, we eliminated B 1 <strong>and</strong> B 2 b<strong>and</strong>s, both containing<br />

high <strong>frequency</strong> artifacts that obscure the <strong>EEG</strong> (see sec. x3.4). The relative b<strong>and</strong><br />

intensity ratio (RIR) (dened as in sec. x3.2 but in this case from the wavelet scales)<br />

had a similar behavior as the one showed with Gabor Transform in gure 12.<br />

Frequency b<strong>and</strong>s B 3 <strong>and</strong> B 4 were chosen for performing an <strong>analysis</strong> with Wavelets<br />

Packets, these b<strong>and</strong>s being important in the development <strong>of</strong> the tonic-clonic seizures as<br />

showed in Chapter x3.4 (see also Quian Quiroga et al., 1997b).<br />

B 3 b<strong>and</strong> coecients were segmented with sliding windows <strong>of</strong> l = 32 samples corresponding<br />

to time intervals <strong>of</strong> t =2:5 sec. Discrete sets <strong>of</strong> frequencies between 6:4 <strong>and</strong><br />

12:8 Hz with intervals <strong>of</strong> 0:4 Hz were obtained as showed in g. 4.4.2 (squared values<br />

shown).<br />

From second 50, we can see an increase <strong>of</strong> the activity in nearly all the packets. Due<br />

to the good time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Packets it is possible to follow the<br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> peaks. For example, the peak marked with an arrow in the<br />

wavelet packet corresponding to 8:4Hz at about second 50, is also visible in the packets<br />

corresponding to 8:0, 7:6 <strong>and</strong>7:2Hz, appearing with higher amplitude <strong>and</strong> some delay.<br />

Then, this peak originated in the 8:4Hz packet, or probably in higher frequencies but<br />

with lower amplitude, is evolving with time to lower frequencies.<br />

Figure 17 shows the Wavelet Packets corresponding to the B4 b<strong>and</strong> (squared values<br />

shown). They were generated by using l = 16 samples corresponding to time intervals<br />

<strong>of</strong> t =2:5 sec <strong>and</strong> discrete sets <strong>of</strong> frequencies between 3:2 <strong>and</strong> 6:4 Hz with intervals<br />

<strong>of</strong> 0:4 Hz. Note that the j = ;4 level has half dispersion in frequencies compared with<br />

the j = ;3 level <strong>and</strong> for this reason we used a window <strong>of</strong> 16 samples in order to obtain<br />

the same denition.<br />

In the B4 b<strong>and</strong> there is a very clear peak, marked with an arrow, after second 60<br />

in the frequencies around 3 ; 4Hz, this increase being correlated with the starting <strong>of</strong><br />

the clonic phase <strong>of</strong> the seizure. This peak is also visible, but appearing earlier in time,<br />

in the higher <strong>frequency</strong> packets (also marked with an arrow). Although this behavior is<br />

predictable with a visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, it is very interesting to note that this<br />

peak is in fact the same peak described in the gure 4.4.2 but appearing more delayed.<br />

Analyzing both gures together, we can observe very clearly how this high amplitude,<br />

low <strong>frequency</strong> peak (3 ; 4Hz) at about 65sec was in fact rst observed in the higher<br />

frequencies (about 9Hz), then evolving with time to lower frequencies until reaching<br />

a very high amplitude when the clonic phase starts, this evolution being very dicult<br />

to identify from a visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> or by using traditional <strong>methods</strong> as the<br />

spectrograms (see discussion <strong>of</strong> sec. x3.5).<br />

47


3<br />

2<br />

7.2 Hz 7.6 Hz<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

3<br />

2<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

8.0 Hz 8.4 Hz 8.8 Hz 9.2 Hz<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

3<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

9.6 Hz 10 Hz 10.4 Hz 10.8 Hz<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

48<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

3<br />

2<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

3<br />

11.2 Hz 11.6 Hz 12.0 Hz 12.4 Hz<br />

3<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

Figure 16: Wavelet packets for the scale level B3.


3<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3.2 Hz 3.6 Hz 4.0 Hz 4.4 Hz<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

3<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4.8 Hz 5.2 Hz 5.6 Hz 6.0 Hz<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

49<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

3<br />

6.4 Hz<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

Figure 17: Wavelet packets for the scale level B4.


4.4.3 Discussion<br />

The high time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution achieved with Wavelet Packets allowed a very detailed<br />

study <strong>of</strong> the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> peaks during the seizure. In fact, it<br />

was possible to establish that the high amplitude peaks <strong>of</strong> about 3 ; 4Hz,characteristic<br />

<strong>of</strong> the clonic activity, were generated in higher frequencies. This result is in agreement<br />

with the dynamic described with the Gabor Transform. In this case, with the RIR (see<br />

sec. x3.4) I showed how during the seizure the relevant brain activity was dominated by<br />

alpha <strong>and</strong> theta b<strong>and</strong>s, until the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure, when delta activity dominated<br />

again.<br />

Then, it is reasonable to conjecture that the violent clonic contractions characteristic<br />

<strong>of</strong> the clonic phase <strong>of</strong> the Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures are the response to brain oscillations<br />

generated in higher frequencies, but owing to the fact that the muscles can not contract<br />

so fast, the muscle activity is limited to a tonic contraction until the oscillations become<br />

slower <strong>and</strong> the muscles are capable to oscillate in resonance with them.<br />

It is interesting to note that the <strong>frequency</strong> behavior described is in agreement with<br />

simulations <strong>of</strong> thalamic slices performed by Wang <strong>and</strong> coworkers (Wang et al., 1995<br />

Golomb et al., 1996), who observed a slowing from 10Hz to 4Hz in their simulations<br />

after the suppression <strong>of</strong> GABA A inhibitors. This result is also in agreement with in vitro<br />

experimental results <strong>of</strong> Bal et al. (1995a,b). These experiments suggest that it would<br />

be very interesting to investigate if the \slowing" <strong>of</strong> the frequencies observed during<br />

the seizures can be related with a variation in the concentration <strong>of</strong> neurotransmitters,<br />

especially <strong>of</strong> the GABA inhibitors, possible due to a neuronal fatigue provoked by the<br />

abnormal ring rate <strong>of</strong> the neurons during the seizure.<br />

4.5 Application to alpha responses <strong>of</strong> visual event-related potentials<br />

4.5.1 Introduction<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> alpha rhythms can be dened as oscillations between 8 <strong>and</strong> 13 Hz, with an amplitude<br />

usually below 50V <strong>and</strong> localized over posterior regions <strong>of</strong> the head. Alpha<br />

rhythms appear spontaneously during wakefulness, best seen with eyes closed, under<br />

relaxation <strong>and</strong> mental inactivity conditions (Niedermeyer, 1993a).<br />

Although alpha oscillations have been widely studied, their sources <strong>and</strong> functional<br />

correlates are still under discussion. Sources <strong>of</strong> alpha rhythms have been investigated<br />

leading to controversies whether they are thalamic, cortical or whether other structures<br />

are involved in their generation (Adrian, 1941 Andersen <strong>and</strong> Andersson, 1968 Lopes da<br />

50


Silva et al.,1973a,1973b Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong> Storn van Leewen, 1977 Basar et al., 1997).<br />

Moreover, many studies were performed in order to underst<strong>and</strong> their functional meanings.<br />

These studies showed that alpha rhythms could be correlated even to sensory or<br />

cognitive processes depending on the task performed <strong>and</strong> generators involved, therefore<br />

not having an unique <strong>and</strong> specic function (for a review, see Basar et al., 1997).<br />

4.5.2 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

In 10 voluntary healthy subjects (no neurological decits, no medication known to aect<br />

the <strong>EEG</strong>) two types <strong>of</strong> experiments were performed:<br />

1. No-task visual evoked potential (VEP): subjects were watching a checkerboard<br />

pattern (sidelength <strong>of</strong> the checks: 50'), the stimulus being a checker reversal (N =<br />

100 stimuli).<br />

2. Oddball paradigm: subjects were watching the same pattern as above. Two different<br />

stimuli were presented in a pseudor<strong>and</strong>om order. NON-TARGET stimuli<br />

(75%) were pattern reversal, <strong>and</strong> TARGET stimuli (25%) consisted in a pattern<br />

reversal with horizontal <strong>and</strong> vertical displacement <strong>of</strong> one-half <strong>of</strong> the square side<br />

length. Subjects were instructed to pay attention to the appearance <strong>of</strong> the target<br />

stimuli (N = 200 stimuli).<br />

The inter-stimulus interval varied pseudo-r<strong>and</strong>omly between 2.5 <strong>and</strong> 3.5 s.<br />

After<br />

each pattern reversal, the reverted pattern was shown for one second, then the pattern<br />

was re-reverted. Recordings were made following the international 10 ; 20 system in<br />

seven dierent electrodes (F3, F4, Cz, P3, P4, O1, O2) referenced to linked earlobes.<br />

Data were amplied with a time constant <strong>of</strong>1:5sec: <strong>and</strong> a low-pass lter at 70Hz. With<br />

each stimulus, a single sweep <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> data was recorded, i.e.: for each single sweep, 1sec:<br />

pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> were digitized with a sampling rate <strong>of</strong> 250Hz <strong>and</strong> stored<br />

in a hard disk.<br />

After visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the data, 30 sweeps free <strong>of</strong> artifacts were r<strong>and</strong>omly selected<br />

for each type <strong>of</strong> stimuli (VEP, NON-TARGET <strong>and</strong> TARGET) for future <strong>analysis</strong>. A<br />

Wavelet Transform was applied to each single sweep using a quadratic B-Spline function<br />

as mother wavelet. The multiresolution decomposition method (Mallat, 1989) was used<br />

for separating the signal in <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s, dened in agreement with the traditional<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s used in physiological <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>. After a ve octave wavelet decomposition,<br />

components corresponding to the alpha b<strong>and</strong> (8 ; 16Hz) were analyzed.<br />

For each subject the alpha components <strong>of</strong> the 30 single sweeps were averaged. Finally,<br />

results for each subject were averaged to obtain a \gr<strong>and</strong> average". The temporal reso-<br />

51


lution <strong>of</strong> the scale corresponding to the alpha b<strong>and</strong> was <strong>of</strong> 64 ms 5 . However it should be<br />

remarked that the \real" resolution will depend on the characteristics <strong>of</strong> the signal <strong>and</strong><br />

the mother function (i.e. how the mother function matches the signal see section 4.2.4).<br />

In this respect, the optimal resolution <strong>of</strong> B-Splines was shown with numerical computations<br />

(Unser et al., 1992). It is also interesting to note that non-redundancy is important<br />

for increasing the computational speed.<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong><br />

The wavelet coecients processed were the ones obtained after averaging the responses<br />

<strong>of</strong> the 30 single trials for each electrode <strong>and</strong> subject. Then, wavelet coecients<br />

were rectied <strong>and</strong> the maximum coecients <strong>and</strong> their time delay with respect to the<br />

stimulus occurrence were computed in the rst 500 ms post-stimulation. The <strong>analysis</strong><br />

was limited to the rst 500 ms owing to the fact that no subject showed meaningful<br />

alpha responses after this time. Comparison between modalities <strong>and</strong> electrodes were<br />

done by using a multiple factor ANOVA test.<br />

Comparison between wavelets <strong>and</strong> conventional digital ltering<br />

Figure 18 gives some examples <strong>of</strong> single-trial evoked potentials, showing the comparison<br />

<strong>of</strong> results obtained with Wavelet Transform <strong>and</strong> with digital ltering. In addition,<br />

the gure shows the relation between the wavelet coecients (used for all statistical<br />

analyses) <strong>and</strong> the waveforms reconstructed from the wavelet coecients for a specic<br />

level (which will be shown in the gures). I would like to remark that the sweeps selected<br />

do not necessary show a clear event-related response, but they are suitable for<br />

showing the better resolution achieved with the multiresolution decomposition based on<br />

the Wavelet Transform in comparison with conventional digital ltering. The digital<br />

lter used was an ideal lter (i.e. a digital lter based on b<strong>and</strong> pass ltering in the<br />

Fourier domain as used in several earlier papers, Basar, 1980) with the lter limits set<br />

in agreement with the limits obtained with the multiresolution decomposition for the<br />

alpha b<strong>and</strong>.<br />

As a general remark it can be stated that with the wavelet coecients a better<br />

resolution <strong>and</strong> localization <strong>of</strong> the features <strong>of</strong> the signal is achieved. In between the<br />

vertical dashed lines in sweep #1 three oscillations in the alpha range are shown, having<br />

the last oscillation a larger amplitude as observed in the original sweep. This is well<br />

resolved with the wavelet coecients <strong>and</strong> also in the reconstructed form. However, this<br />

ne structure <strong>of</strong> this train <strong>of</strong> alpha oscillations is not resolved by digital ltering i.e.<br />

reading a maximum from this curve is imprecise. In sweep #2, in between the dashed<br />

5 From sec. 4.2.2 the time steps b jk are 2 j data points, <strong>and</strong> since the alpha b<strong>and</strong> corresponds to<br />

j = 4 <strong>and</strong> the sampling rate was <strong>of</strong> 250Hz we have t =2 4 =250Hz =64ms<br />

52


sweep #1 sweep #2 sweep #3 sweep #4 sweep #5<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

Original<br />

sweep<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

53<br />

Digital<br />

filtering<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-150<br />

-150<br />

-150<br />

-150<br />

-150<br />

Wavelet<br />

coeff.<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

150<br />

150<br />

150<br />

150<br />

150<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

Wavelet<br />

reconstr.<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Figure 18: Examples <strong>of</strong> the better performance <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform in comparison with an \ideal" digital ltering for ve<br />

single sweeps.


vertical lines, is showed a transient with a <strong>frequency</strong> clearly lower than the range <strong>of</strong> alpha<br />

b<strong>and</strong>. The digital ltering does not resolve this transient <strong>and</strong> it spuriously \interpolates"<br />

alpha oscillations in continuity with the ones that precede or follow the transient. On<br />

the other h<strong>and</strong>, the wavelet coecients show a decrease in this time segment, this<br />

phenomenon being also visible in the reconstructed form. Something similar occurs in<br />

sweep #3 with the transientmarked with an arrow. In fact in this last case, the transient<br />

is due to the cognitive P300wave typically obtained upon target stimuli. With wavelets<br />

it is visible that, as in the original signal, there is no important contribution <strong>of</strong> alpha<br />

oscillations in this time range, the digital ltering having not enough resolution for<br />

resolving this. The better time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> wavelets (in this case a better<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> localization for a certain time range) can be also seen in sweep #4. In the<br />

original signal, in between the vertical dashed lines there is a marked oscillation <strong>of</strong><br />

about 4 ; 6Hz, corresponding to the theta b<strong>and</strong>. The digital ltered signal shows an<br />

alpha oscillation not present in the original signal. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, due to its better<br />

resolution the wavelet coecients <strong>and</strong> the reconstructed signal show a clear decrease<br />

for this time range. Finally, sweep #5 shows a ringing eect (i.e. spurious oscillations<br />

appearing before the stimulation time point due to time resolution limitations). The<br />

oscillation before the stimulation time, marked with an arrow, appears in the digital<br />

ltered signal with more amplitude than in the original signal, this eect being overcome<br />

with wavelets.<br />

4.5.3 Results<br />

The gr<strong>and</strong> average wideb<strong>and</strong> ltered (0:5 ; 100Hz) event-related potentials are shown<br />

in gure 19. The P100 response is clearly visible upon all stimuli types at about 100ms,<br />

best dened in occipital locations, where it reaches amplitudes about 8V . In the case<br />

<strong>of</strong> target stimulation, a marked positive peakappears between 400 ; 500ms, according<br />

to the expected cognitive (P300) response (see sec. x x1.2).<br />

Figure 20 shows the wavelet components in the alpha b<strong>and</strong> (for brevity, \alpha<br />

responses") for the subject JA (for a better visualization <strong>of</strong> the responses, the signal<br />

reconstructed from the alpha b<strong>and</strong> wavelet coecients is shown). One second pre- <strong>and</strong><br />

one second post-stimulation <strong>EEG</strong> are plotted. Alpha components corresponding to the<br />

pre-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> have about 5V <strong>and</strong> upon all stimulus types, amplitude enhancements<br />

are clearly marked in posterior locations reaching values up to 20V . Furthermore, in<br />

posterior electrodes responses upon TARGET stimulation are prolonged compared with<br />

the other two stimulus types.<br />

Results for the gr<strong>and</strong> average <strong>of</strong> the 10 subjects (g. 21) are similar to the ones<br />

outlined for the rst subject. Amplitude increases were distributed over the whole scalp<br />

54


VEP non-target target<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

µV -15<br />

µV<br />

-15<br />

µV-15<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

55<br />

P3<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

P4<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

Figure 19: Gr<strong>and</strong> average <strong>of</strong> the wide-b<strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> responses.


Electrode F3 F4 Cz P3 P4 O1 O2<br />

Mean 6.27 6.72 9.80 8.96 8.85 12.65 11.63<br />

SEM 0.56 0.64 0.99 0.85 0.85 1.36 1.22<br />

F3 XXX - < 0.05 - - < 0.01 < 0.01<br />

F4 XXX < 0.05 - - < 0.01 < 0.01<br />

Cz XXX - - < 0.05 -<br />

P3 XXX - < 0.01 -<br />

P4 XXX < 0.01 < 0.05<br />

O1 XXX -<br />

O2<br />

XXX<br />

Table 2: Multiple factor ANOVA comparison <strong>of</strong> the maximum alpha b<strong>and</strong> wavelet<br />

coecients for the factor electrode. Note: SEM means st<strong>and</strong>ard error <strong>of</strong> the mean, -<br />

means no signicance<br />

for the three stimulation types, best dened in the occipital electrodes. The multiple<br />

factor ANOVA test showed no signicant dierences between stimuli type. Electrode<br />

dierences, instead, were signicant, conrming the predominant localization <strong>of</strong> the<br />

enhancements in the occipital locations, with a lower response in the anterior electrodes<br />

(see table 2).<br />

It is also interesting to note that in some <strong>of</strong> the subjects, responses in posterior electrodes<br />

upon TARGET stimulation are prolonged in comparison with the NON-TARGET<br />

<strong>and</strong> VEP ones. This coherent alpha activity extended up to a second post-stimulation.<br />

With the other stimulus types, enhancements have an abrupt decay after 200 ; 300ms<br />

post-stimulus. However, we should remark that this result was not consistent for the<br />

whole group.<br />

The delay <strong>of</strong> the maximum response in occipital electrodes was about 180ms after<br />

stimulation (see table 3). In parietal electrodes the maximum appeared about 30ms<br />

later, <strong>and</strong> in central <strong>and</strong> frontal electrodes between 50 ; 100ms after the occipital one.<br />

After applying a multiple factor ANOVA test, we veried statistically that frontal <strong>and</strong><br />

central responses were signicantly delayed in comparison to the occipital ones (p <<br />

0:05).<br />

56


VEP non-target target<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

µV<br />

-15<br />

µV<br />

-15<br />

µV<br />

-15<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

57<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

Figure 20: Alpha responses <strong>of</strong> one typical subject.


VEP non-target target<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

µV<br />

-5<br />

µV<br />

-5<br />

µV<br />

-5<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

5<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

5<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

5<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

58<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

Figure 21: Gr<strong>and</strong> average (over N = 10 subjects) <strong>of</strong> the alpha responses.


Electrode F3 F4 Cz P3 P4 O1 O2<br />

Delay 246.03 290.86 248.20 209.20 209.27 172.37 181.03<br />

SEM 21.09 23.35 22.76 20.51 22.10 18.42 17.45<br />

F3 XXX - - - - < 0.05 < 0.05<br />

F4 XXX - < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01<br />

Cz XXX - - < 0.05 < 0.05<br />

P3 XXX - - -<br />

P4 XXX - -<br />

O1 XXX -<br />

O2<br />

XXX<br />

Table 3: Multiple factor ANOVA comparison <strong>of</strong> the time delays <strong>of</strong> the maximum alpha<br />

b<strong>and</strong> wavelet components for the factor electrode. Note: SEM means st<strong>and</strong>ard error <strong>of</strong><br />

the mean, - means no signicance, delays in ms.<br />

4.5.4 Discussion<br />

Resonance theory<br />

In the present work, occipital maximum enhancements were located between 100 <strong>and</strong><br />

200ms, strongly stressing the importance <strong>of</strong> the alpha b<strong>and</strong> in the generation <strong>of</strong> the P-<br />

100 peak <strong>and</strong> the following N-200 negative rebound. This is in agreement with the results<br />

<strong>of</strong> Stampfer <strong>and</strong> Basar (1985), who, by digitally ltering auditory evoked potentials in<br />

humans, showed that sensory evoked responses were generated <strong>and</strong> shaped mostly by<br />

alpha <strong>and</strong> theta oscillations. This result is directly related with the resonance theory.<br />

In principle, if the alpha enhancements were found only at the time <strong>of</strong> appearance <strong>of</strong><br />

the P100-N200 peaks, it can be argued that they were just a result <strong>of</strong> the morphology<br />

<strong>of</strong> these peaks. However, the prolonged alpha response observed in some <strong>of</strong> the subjects<br />

showed that this is not the case, <strong>and</strong> that it is more plausible to think about enhanced<br />

spontaneous oscillations as a response to the stimulus, according to the resonance theory<br />

presented in section x1.3.<br />

Functional correlates <strong>of</strong> event-related alpha oscillations<br />

Post-stimulus amplitude increases <strong>of</strong> alpha b<strong>and</strong> were observed in all electrodes,<br />

being signicantly higher in the occipital ones. Furthermore, anterior responses were<br />

delayed in comparison with the posterior ones. Frontal maximum responses appeared<br />

between 50 <strong>and</strong> 100ms after the occipital ones, this delay being statistically signicant.<br />

Consequently, a primary response was reached at occipital locations, later propagating<br />

to parietal, central <strong>and</strong> frontal electrodes. Then, owing to the anatomy <strong>of</strong> the visual<br />

59


pathway (Mason <strong>and</strong> K<strong>and</strong>el, 1991 Shepherd, 1988), the occipital localization <strong>and</strong> the<br />

short latency <strong>of</strong> this response points towards a relation between event-related alpha<br />

oscillations <strong>and</strong> the rst stages <strong>of</strong> sensory processing. Moreover, the idea <strong>of</strong> sensory<br />

processing is reinforced by the independence <strong>of</strong> the response from the type <strong>of</strong> stimulus<br />

used. Since the 1940s, the event-related alpha response was interpreted as the reactiveness<br />

<strong>of</strong> the brain to sensory stimuli. A sensory alpha response was also observed<br />

in several intracortical structures <strong>of</strong> the cat brain upon auditory <strong>and</strong> visual stimulation<br />

(for a review <strong>of</strong> these works see Basar et al., 1997).<br />

However, this process should be not considered as the only one related with the alpha<br />

b<strong>and</strong>. For example, in some subjects alpha responses were prolonged upon TARGET<br />

stimuli in posterior locations. Spontaneous alpha activity, low amplitude long-latency<br />

responses <strong>and</strong> low phase locking could be responsible <strong>of</strong> the lack <strong>of</strong> statistical signicance<br />

when considering the whole group <strong>of</strong> subjects. Consequently, it could be conjectured<br />

that other processes related with a cognitive function, due to the long latency <strong>and</strong> the<br />

appearance only upon target stimuli, were present in some <strong>of</strong> the subjects.<br />

The cognitive function <strong>of</strong> alpha b<strong>and</strong> was already pointed out in previous works<br />

(Stampfer <strong>and</strong> Basar, 1985 Kolev <strong>and</strong> Schurmann, 1992 Basar et al., 1992 Klimesch,<br />

1997 Maltseva <strong>and</strong> Masloboev, 1997 <strong>and</strong> Petsche et al., 1997). Further experiments<br />

applying dierent types <strong>of</strong> tasks should be performed in order to learn more about<br />

cognitive related alpha responses.<br />

Sources <strong>of</strong> event-related alpha oscillations<br />

Another interesting question about alpha rhythms deals with its sources <strong>of</strong> generation.<br />

Alpha responses were best visible in occipital electrodes, but enhancements were<br />

also present in other locations with some time delay. Owing to the high dierences in<br />

the delays between occipital <strong>and</strong> anterior electrodes, the conjecture <strong>of</strong> a single generator<br />

<strong>and</strong> dispersion by volume conduction must be ruled out. A more plausible idea is to<br />

think about several generators activated at dierent times <strong>and</strong> with dierent strength<br />

depending on the stimuli <strong>and</strong> paradigm used. Several previous ndings support a multiple<br />

alpha generator theory. Alpha rhythms were described mainly in the thalamus<br />

<strong>and</strong> cortex (Adrian, 1941 Andersen <strong>and</strong> Andersson, 1968 Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong> Storm<br />

van Leewen, 1977), but alpha activity was also found in other structures like the brain<br />

stem, cerebellum <strong>and</strong> limbic system, (for a review see Basar et al., 1997). Further evidence<br />

showing that alpha rhythms cannot be explained through generators only in the<br />

thalamus or cortex are the experiments performed on the cerebral ganglion <strong>of</strong> aplysia<br />

<strong>and</strong> with the isolated ganglia <strong>of</strong> Helix pomata (Schutt et al., 1992 Schutt <strong>and</strong> Basar,<br />

1992). These studies provided evidence that 10Hz activity can be recorded in vitro in<br />

such small neural populations, each consisting only <strong>of</strong> approximately 2000 neurons.<br />

60


In conclusion, our results point towards a distributed alpha system with functional<br />

relation to sensory processing <strong>and</strong> possibly to further processes.<br />

4.6 Application to gamma responses <strong>of</strong> bisensory event-related<br />

potentials<br />

4.6.1 Introduction<br />

During the last ten years gamma-b<strong>and</strong> phenomena gained increasing popularity since<br />

the reports <strong>of</strong> Gray <strong>and</strong> Singer (1989). Measuring the spike activity <strong>of</strong> cellular units<br />

<strong>and</strong> multi-units <strong>of</strong> the cat's striate cortex they found burst activities to be in congruence<br />

with oscillatory LFPs (local eld potentials) in orientation-specic columns. Later<br />

ndings (Eckhorn et al., 1988, Gray etal. 1989) led to the proposal <strong>of</strong> a mechanism suf-<br />

cient to explain the formation <strong>of</strong> distant neuronal units to assemblies. Such assembly<br />

formation has been suggested as the brain's solution to the problem <strong>of</strong> encoding. The<br />

so-called \binding-theorem" provided a solid explanatory base in congruence with the<br />

experimental data.<br />

Although being very elegant in solving the problem to encode a quasi-unlimited<br />

number <strong>of</strong> real object features <strong>and</strong> combinations in a limited number <strong>of</strong> neural elements<br />

interest has, nevertheless, not swayed from the experimental results, which were not<br />

directly related to theoretical questions. As, for example, the studies <strong>of</strong> Tiitinen et al.<br />

(1993) <strong>and</strong> Pulvermuller et al. (1995) could demonstrate, the 40Hz oscillatory activity<br />

is not restricted to sensory processing, but can be rather modulated or triggered by<br />

cognitive processes as well.<br />

4.6.2 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

Event-related potentials were measured in 15 healthy subjects who had neither any<br />

known neurological decit nor reported intake <strong>of</strong>drugsknown to aect the <strong>EEG</strong>. Electrodes<br />

were placed according to the 10 ; 20 system in F3, F4, Cz, C3, C4, T3, T4, P3,<br />

P4, O1 <strong>and</strong> O2 locations, referenced to linked earlobes. Data were amplied with a time<br />

constant <strong>of</strong> 1:5sec: <strong>and</strong>alow-pass lter at 70Hz. For each single sweep, 1sec: pre- <strong>and</strong><br />

post-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> were digitized with a sampling rate <strong>of</strong> 250Hz <strong>and</strong> stored in a hard<br />

disk.<br />

Subjects were instructed to view <strong>and</strong> listen passively to the stimuli. A recording<br />

session consisted <strong>of</strong>3parts:<br />

1. Registration <strong>of</strong> 120 sweeps covering 2s time-windows with application <strong>of</strong> unimodal<br />

stimulation presenting a 2kHzsinusoidal tone-step binaurally.<br />

61


2. Registration <strong>of</strong> 120 sweeps covering 2s time-windows with application <strong>of</strong> unimodal<br />

stimulation using a rectangular light-step centered in the visual eld at a distance<br />

<strong>of</strong> 1.5 m.<br />

3. Registration <strong>of</strong> 120 sweeps covering 2s time-windows with application <strong>of</strong> multimodal<br />

stimulation. Stimuli <strong>of</strong> (1) <strong>and</strong> (2) were applied simultaneously.<br />

After visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the data, 30 sweeps free <strong>of</strong> artifacts were selected for each<br />

modality for future <strong>analysis</strong>. A Wavelet Transform was applied to each single sweep<br />

using a quadratic B-Spline function as mother wavelet. After a ve octave wavelet<br />

decomposition, the components <strong>of</strong> the gamma b<strong>and</strong> 31 ; 62Hz were analyzed. For each<br />

subject the gamma components <strong>of</strong> the 30 single sweeps were averaged. Results for each<br />

subject were averaged obtaining a \gr<strong>and</strong> average".<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong><br />

The wavelet coecients processed were the ones obtained after averaging the responses<br />

<strong>of</strong> the 30 single trials for each electrode <strong>and</strong> subject. Then, wavelet coecients<br />

were rectied <strong>and</strong> the maximum coecient was computed in a time window <strong>of</strong> 250ms<br />

post-stimulation. A multiple factor ANOVA (MANOVA) with repeated measures test<br />

was applied in order to compare dierences between modalities <strong>and</strong> electrodes. Furthermore,<br />

maximum wavelet components pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulation were compared with<br />

t-tests in order to analyze statistical signicance <strong>of</strong> the amplitude enhancements for<br />

each electrode <strong>and</strong> modality.<br />

4.6.3 Results<br />

Gamma wavelet coecients <strong>of</strong> one typical subject are shown in gure 22. In central<br />

locations gamma amplitude enhancements are more pronounced upon bimodal stimulation.<br />

In this case, pre-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> amplitude is less than 5 (in arbitrary units) <strong>and</strong><br />

post-stimulus enhancements reach values up to 12. Further increases are seen in right<br />

frontal <strong>and</strong> right occipital electrodes, in the latter case appearing with some delay.<br />

The gr<strong>and</strong> average <strong>of</strong> all the subjects is shown in gure 23. With auditory stimulation<br />

enhancements are visible in the central electrode <strong>and</strong> more poorly dened in the occipital<br />

ones. Visual stimulation shows enhancement onlyinthecentral electrode. On the other<br />

h<strong>and</strong>, bimodal stimulation evokes signicantly higher enhancements than the other two<br />

modalities (p < 0:01 see also g. 24) <strong>and</strong> they are distributed all along the surface<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>, being more pronounced in the central location. Furthermore, bimodal responses<br />

are clearly not a linear superposition <strong>of</strong> the auditory <strong>and</strong> visual ones, this fact being<br />

very clear in central electrodes <strong>and</strong> specially in the frontal ones, where enhancements<br />

occur only upon bimodal stimulation.<br />

62


63<br />

Figure 22: Gamma responses for atypical subject.


Figure 23: Gr<strong>and</strong> average (over N =15subjects) <strong>of</strong> the gamma responses.<br />

64


Figure 24: T-test comparison <strong>of</strong> the pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus gamma amplitudes.<br />

Finally, in gure 24 comparisons between maximum components pre- <strong>and</strong> poststimulation<br />

are shown for each electrode <strong>and</strong> modality. Enhancements are clearly higher<br />

upon bimodal stimulation in right frontal, posterior <strong>and</strong> central electrodes, where they<br />

reach high signicance (p


information that two dierent stimuli are manifestations <strong>of</strong> the same process. However,<br />

the possibility thatanintensity rise on joined-polymodal conditions leads to behavioral<br />

changes in terms <strong>of</strong> attention <strong>and</strong> arousal functions can not be discarded <strong>and</strong> deserves<br />

further studies.<br />

Less data is available on the role <strong>of</strong> 40 Hz-oscillatory processes in bisensory integration.<br />

Sheer <strong>and</strong> Schrock (1986) conducted their studies on focused attention by looking<br />

for modications in 40 Hz-SSRs (steady-state responses, seesec.x1.2) driven by means <strong>of</strong><br />

simultaneously applied click-<strong>and</strong>-ash stimuli, from which one or the other modality had<br />

to be ignored. With the stimulus trains being not in phase, they found the 40 Hz-SSRs<br />

<strong>of</strong> the non-focused stimulus modality reduced. Other modes <strong>of</strong> intermodal perturbation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the 40 Hz-SSRs have been tested by Rohrbaugh et al. (1990). Both salient \foreground"<br />

visual <strong>and</strong> auditory stimuli implied a latency <strong>and</strong> amplitude decrease in the<br />

40Hz auditory steady-state responses, stimuli <strong>of</strong> the same modality thereby dominating<br />

in eect. Thus both exemplary studies have discriminative functions in common, which<br />

are modiers <strong>of</strong> the 40Hz surface <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

4.7 Conclusion<br />

Wavelet decomposition proved to be a very useful tool for analyzing brain <strong>signals</strong>. I<br />

would like to remark two advantages <strong>of</strong> Wavelet Transform over Fourier based <strong>methods</strong>.<br />

First, Wavelet Transform lacks <strong>of</strong> the requirement <strong>of</strong> stationarity, this being crucial for<br />

avoiding spurious results when analyzing brain <strong>signals</strong>, already known to be highly nonstationary.<br />

Second, owing to the varying window size<strong>of</strong>theWavelet Transform, a better<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution can be achieved when the signal has patterns involving dierent<br />

scales. This is particularly important inthe case <strong>of</strong> event-related potentials, where<br />

the relevant response is limited to a fraction <strong>of</strong> a second, a good time resolution thus<br />

being crucial for making any physiological interpretation. In section 4.5.2, I showed<br />

with some selected sweeps how the multiresolution decomposition implemented with<br />

B-Splines functions leads to a better resolution <strong>of</strong> the event-related oscillations in comparison<br />

with a conventional ideal lter used in several previous works. Moreover, due<br />

to the fact that the multiresolution decomposition method is implemented as a ltering<br />

scheme, it can be seen as a way to construct lters with an optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution.<br />

This exemplies <strong>and</strong> complements the theoretical description <strong>of</strong> the advantages<br />

<strong>of</strong> wavelets introduced in section 4.2. Furthermore, the multiresolution decomposition<br />

is a way <strong>of</strong> data reduction, thus giving relevant (i.e. non-redundant) coecients that<br />

allows a straightforward implementation <strong>of</strong> statistical tests.<br />

Alpha responses to pattern visual event-related potentials were related with primary<br />

sensory processing, having several generators. Furthermore, the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> discrete<br />

66


wavelet coecients allowed an easy design <strong>and</strong> implementation <strong>of</strong> statistical tests. In<br />

this context, the resolution achieved with Wavelet Transform was very important for<br />

obtaining signicance <strong>of</strong> the results.<br />

The <strong>frequency</strong> dynamics during the seizures was already described with Gabor Transform<br />

(sec. x3.4). However, with wavelets packets it was possible to follow with better<br />

accuracy the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> peaks. Further advantages can be obtained<br />

when comparing <strong>frequency</strong> patterns <strong>of</strong> dierent channels in order to obtain information<br />

about the sources <strong>of</strong> the seizures. In this case, the time resolution <strong>of</strong> wavelets can be<br />

crucial due to the fact that the seizure spread, from the focus to other locations, can<br />

take place in a few milliseconds.<br />

Wavelet Transform, due to its varying window size, is more suitable for analyzing<br />

<strong>signals</strong> involving dierent ranges <strong>of</strong> frequencies. In fact, as showed with alpha <strong>and</strong><br />

gamma responses to ERPs, <strong>frequency</strong> behaviors can be resolved up to fractions <strong>of</strong> a<br />

second. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, with the election <strong>of</strong> a adequate window, Gabor Transform<br />

is more suitable for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>signals</strong> with a more limited <strong>frequency</strong> content as shown<br />

in the previous chapter with Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures, in which the interesting activity was<br />

limited to the lower frequencies <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> (up to 12:5Hz).<br />

67


5 Deterministic Chaos<br />

5.1 Introduction<br />

In the previous chapters I described the application <strong>of</strong> several time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong><br />

to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain <strong>signals</strong>. Since these <strong>methods</strong> are linear, a completely dierent<br />

approach canbeachieved by applying the concepts <strong>of</strong> non-linear dynamics, also known<br />

as Deterministic Chaos theory.<br />

Chaotic systems have an apparently noisy behavior but are in fact ruled by deterministic<br />

laws. They are characterized by their sensibility on initial conditions. That<br />

means, similar initial conditions give completely dierent outcomes after some time.<br />

Since chaotic <strong>signals</strong> look like noise <strong>and</strong> furthermore, since they also have a broadb<strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>frequency</strong> spectrum, linear approaches as the ones described in the previous sections<br />

are sometimes not suitable for their study. Several <strong>methods</strong> were developed in order<br />

to calculate the degree <strong>of</strong> determinism (or r<strong>and</strong>om nature), complexity, chaoticity, etc.<br />

<strong>of</strong> these <strong>signals</strong>. Among these, the Correlation Dimension, Lyapunov Exponents <strong>and</strong><br />

Kolmogorov Entropy have been the most popular. In this chapter I will give a mathematical<br />

background <strong>of</strong> these <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> then I will describe their application to the<br />

study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

The chapter is organized as follows. After a brief denition <strong>of</strong> the basic concepts<br />

related with chaos, the mathematical background for the calculation <strong>of</strong> the Correlation<br />

Dimension <strong>and</strong> Lyapunov Exponents will be described. In section x5.2.4, I will remark<br />

some problems in the selection <strong>of</strong> computational parameters. One <strong>of</strong> these problems is<br />

the stationarity <strong>of</strong> the signal to be studied. In Section x5.3, I will describe a criterion<br />

based on weak stationarity (Blanco et al., 1995a). In section x5.4, I will give a brief<br />

review <strong>of</strong> previous results <strong>of</strong> chaos <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. In sections x5.5 <strong>and</strong> x5.6,<br />

I will show the application <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>methods</strong> to scalp normal <strong>EEG</strong> recordings <strong>and</strong> to<br />

intracranially recorded Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures (Blanco et al., 1995a,b, 1996a). Finally in<br />

section x5.7, I will discuss about the applicability <strong>and</strong>results <strong>of</strong> chaos <strong>analysis</strong> to <strong>EEG</strong><br />

<strong>signals</strong>.<br />

5.2 Theoretical Background<br />

5.2.1 Basic concepts<br />

Phase space: It is a common practice in physics to represent the evolution <strong>of</strong> a system<br />

in phase spaces. For example, in mechanics,itisvery useful to represent the movement<br />

<strong>of</strong> a system as a pendulum by plotting the position vs. the velocity or more generally,<br />

68


the position vs. the linear momentum. In general, the phase space is identied with a<br />

topological manifold. An n-dimensional phase space is spanned by a set <strong>of</strong> n-dimensional<br />

\embedding vectors", each one dening a point in the phase space, thus representing<br />

the instantaneous state <strong>of</strong> the system. The sequence <strong>of</strong> such states over the time scale<br />

denes a curve in the phase space, called trajectory.<br />

Attractor: In some cases, trajectories <strong>of</strong> dissipative dynamical systems (systems with<br />

a volume contraction in the phase space) converge with increasing time to a bounded<br />

subset <strong>of</strong> the phase space. This bounded region to which all suciently close trajectories<br />

(trajectories lying in the basin <strong>of</strong> attraction) converges asymptotically is called the<br />

attractor (Shuster, 1988). According to their topology, several types <strong>of</strong> attractors can<br />

be distinguished (see Abraham <strong>and</strong> Shaw 1983 Shuster, 1988 Ott et al, 1994 Basar<br />

<strong>and</strong> Quian Quiroga, 1998):<br />

1. Fixed Point: Trajectories in phase space tend to a pointatrest. Atypical example<br />

is a damped pendulum that has come to rest after some time.<br />

2. Limit cycle: The attractor is a closed (one dimensional) curve in the phase space<br />

representing a periodic motion. The st<strong>and</strong>ard example is a damped periodically<br />

driven oscillator. circumstances<br />

3. Torus: The attractor is a two-dimensional toroidal surface. This type <strong>of</strong> attractor<br />

represent a quasiperiodic motion where two incommensurable frequencies correspond<br />

to the movement around <strong>and</strong> along the torus.<br />

4. Strange attractor: The main property <strong>of</strong> strange attractors is their sensitive dependence<br />

on initial conditions. Points that are initially close in the phase space,<br />

become exponentially separated after some time. All known strange attractors<br />

have a non-integer dimension. Signals corresponding to strange attractors have a<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om appearance.<br />

5.2.2 Correlation Dimension<br />

The Correlation Dimension (D 2 ) has become the most widely used quantitative parameter<br />

to describe attractors. It is a measure <strong>of</strong> complexity <strong>of</strong>the system related with its<br />

number <strong>of</strong> degrees <strong>of</strong> freedom, or in a more intuitive way with its topological dimension.<br />

It is already a common practice to calculate D 2 <strong>and</strong> to investigate how itchanges upon<br />

dierent . Furthermore, since in principle D 2 converges to nites values for deterministic<br />

systems <strong>and</strong> do not converge in the case <strong>of</strong> a r<strong>and</strong>om signal, D 2 isagoodparameterfor<br />

evaluating the deterministic or noisy inherent nature <strong>of</strong> a system. As we will see later<br />

69


in this chapter, the question <strong>of</strong> a deterministic or noisy nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> keep the<br />

attention <strong>of</strong> many research groups during the last years.<br />

5.2.3 Calculation <strong>of</strong> the Correlation Dimension<br />

I will illustrate briey a proposal made by Grassberger <strong>and</strong> Procaccia (1983) for computing<br />

the correlation dimension D 2 . First <strong>of</strong> all, a phase space must be constructed, this<br />

space being spanned by a set <strong>of</strong> embedding vectors. In the case <strong>of</strong> univariate <strong>signals</strong>, following<br />

a proposal made by Takens (1981) called the \time shift method", n-dimensional<br />

vectors are constructed in the following way:<br />

~x = fx(t)x(t + ):::x(t +(n ; 1) )g (43)<br />

where is a xed time increment <strong>and</strong> n is the embedding dimension. Every instantaneous<br />

state <strong>of</strong> the system is therefore represented by thevector ~x which denes apoint in the<br />

phase-space. Once the phase space is constructed, the correlation integral as a function<br />

<strong>of</strong> variable distances R is dened as:<br />

C(R) = lim<br />

N!1<br />

1 X<br />

(R ;j~x<br />

N 2 i ; ~x j j) (44)<br />

i6=j<br />

where N is the number <strong>of</strong> data points <strong>and</strong> is the Heavyside function. Then C(R)<br />

is a measure <strong>of</strong> the probability that two arbitrary points ~x i , ~x j will be separated by<br />

a distance less than R. Theiler (1986) made a correction to this method in order to<br />

avoid spurious temporal correlations. He proposed that the vectors to be compared<br />

when calculating the correlation integral, should be distanced at least W data points<br />

(ji ; jj >W), where W is a measure <strong>of</strong> the temporal correlation <strong>of</strong> the signal (e.g. the<br />

rst zero <strong>of</strong> the autocorrelation function.)<br />

In the case the attractor is a simple curve in the phase space, the number <strong>of</strong> pair <strong>of</strong><br />

vectors whose distance in less than a certain radius R will be proportional to R 1 . In<br />

the case the attractor is a two dimensional surface, C(R) R 2 <strong>and</strong> for a xed point,<br />

C(R) R 0 . Generalizing we can write the following relation:<br />

C(R) R D 2<br />

(45)<br />

then, if the number <strong>of</strong> data <strong>and</strong> the embedding dimension are suciently large we obtain<br />

D 2 = lim<br />

R!0<br />

log C(R)<br />

log R<br />

The main point isthatC(R) behaves as a power <strong>of</strong> R for small R. By plotting log C(R)<br />

versus log R, D 2 can be calculated from the slope <strong>of</strong> the curve. For an attractor with<br />

70<br />

(46)


unknown topology it is necessary to calculate C(R) for several embedding dimensions 6 .<br />

Then, for deterministic <strong>signals</strong>, the correlation dimension D 2 should converge towards<br />

a saturation value, for some n>n o .<br />

Singular Value Decomposition (SVD)<br />

In many occasions the amount <strong>of</strong>noisein a signal makes impossible the calculation<br />

<strong>of</strong> D 2 . One way <strong>of</strong> reducing the noise from the signal is by using the SVD method.<br />

The main idea is to form a matrix from the embedding vectors (eq. 43) <strong>and</strong> then, after<br />

calculating the eigenvectors <strong>and</strong> eigenvalues, to make a reconstruction <strong>of</strong> the signal<br />

by rotating the matrix to a reduced base composed by the eigenvectors considered<br />

signicant. Since the eigenvectors with relative small eigenvalues are supposed to be<br />

dominated by noise, this phase space reduction is a way <strong>of</strong> eliminating noise from the<br />

signal.<br />

5.2.4 Problems arising when calculating the Correlation Dimension<br />

In order to make the phase space reconstruction described in eq. 43 an appropriate time<br />

lag <strong>and</strong> an appropriate embedding dimension n should be chosen. Since an unfortunate<br />

election could lead to wrong results, several criteria were proposed (Blanco et al., 1996a<br />

Abarbanel et al., 1993).<br />

Concerning the time lag, if it is to small, the components in eq. 43 will have nearly the<br />

same value <strong>and</strong> they will not properly span the phase space (redundancy). In the extreme<br />

case, the attractor will be constricted to a diagonal line <strong>and</strong> its topology will be lost. On<br />

the other h<strong>and</strong>, if the time lag is very high, the components <strong>of</strong> each embedding vector<br />

will become totally unrelated to each other, thus becoming meaningless (irrelevance).<br />

Several <strong>methods</strong> were developed for estimating the optimal time lag, among them, the<br />

rst zero <strong>of</strong> the autocorrelation function has been the most used. This criterion assures<br />

linear independence <strong>of</strong> the components. Some variations were also proposed as for<br />

example the value <strong>of</strong> a certain decay <strong>of</strong> the autocorrelation function. Furthermore, for<br />

taking into account non linear eects, criteria based on non-linear correlations were<br />

dened (average <strong>of</strong> mutual information) (Abarbanel et al., 1993 Pjin, 1990). Other<br />

approach was given by Rosenstein et al. (1994), who proposed a geometrical-based<br />

method. The main idea is to look for a time lag that gives an optimal expansion <strong>of</strong> the<br />

embedding vectors with respect to the diagonal in the phase space.<br />

The election <strong>of</strong> a proper n was also subtle to discussion. If n is too small, the attractor<br />

will be not completely unfolded <strong>and</strong> on the other h<strong>and</strong>, if n is too high, calculations<br />

6 In fact, following Takens's proposal the dimension n <strong>of</strong> the embedding phase-space should be chosen<br />

at least twice the dimension <strong>of</strong> the attractor.<br />

71


will be dominated by noise. One rst criteria is to take n > 2D 2 (Takens, 1981). In<br />

this case, the attractor will be completely unfolded but this criterion assumes a previous<br />

estimation <strong>of</strong> D 2 . One solution is then to repeat the calculations for dierent sets <strong>of</strong><br />

embedding dimensions <strong>and</strong> in case <strong>of</strong> nding convergence, then to cheek if this criterion<br />

is fullled. However, this is sometimes dicult to implement because the calculations<br />

do not depend solely on or on n, on the contrary, they depend on the combination<br />

<strong>of</strong> both (Broomhead <strong>and</strong> King, 1986 Mees et al., 1987 Albano et al., 1988 Palus <strong>and</strong><br />

Dvorak, 1992). Then, an estimation <strong>of</strong> a minimum n would be helpful. In this respect,<br />

Kennel et al. (1992) proposed the false nearest neighbors method. The main idea is to<br />

calculate if for a certain n nearest neighbors in the phase space still remain close for a<br />

dimension n +1. If this is not the case, then the attractor was not completely unfolded<br />

<strong>and</strong> the embedding dimension must be higher. The procedure is repeated for increasing<br />

embedding dimensions until neighbors remain close.<br />

Another important problem arises when choosing the linear region in the plots <strong>of</strong><br />

log C(R) vs. log R <strong>and</strong> also in how to calculate the slope. Up to the moment there is<br />

no unique solution to this question <strong>and</strong> dierent groups have dierent approaches for<br />

obtaining the values <strong>of</strong> D 2 from the log C(R) vs. log R plots. Some researchers prefer to<br />

show directly the plots (Pjin et al., 1997) or to limit the calculation to the correlation<br />

integral (eq. 44).<br />

5.2.5 Lyapunov Exponents <strong>and</strong> Kolmogorov Entropy<br />

Another useful tool for characterizing the attractor are the Lyapunov exponents. Lyapunov<br />

exponents provide a quantitative indication <strong>of</strong> the level <strong>of</strong> chaos <strong>of</strong> a system.<br />

They measure the mean exponential divergence <strong>of</strong> initially close phase space trajectories<br />

with time. As more rapidly two trajectories diverges for a certain period <strong>of</strong> time,<br />

more chaotic is the system <strong>and</strong> more sensitive to initial conditions.<br />

Let us consider a small spherical hypervolume in the phase space. After a short<br />

time, as trajectories evolve, the sphere will have an ellipsoid shape with its axes deformed<br />

according the Lyapunov exponents. If the system is known to be dissipative, the volume<br />

in the phase space will tend to contract <strong>and</strong> the sum <strong>of</strong> the Lyapunov exponents will be<br />

negative. The longest axis <strong>of</strong> the ellipsoid will correspond to the most unstable direction,<br />

determined by the largest Lyapunov exponent. Usually only this exponent is computed.<br />

If it is positive, trajectories will diverge otherwise, they will get closer reaching a non<br />

chaotic attractor. Following this argument, a necessary condition for a system to be<br />

chaotic is that at least one <strong>of</strong> the exponents (the largest one) is positive. Lyapunov<br />

exponents also give an indication <strong>of</strong> the period <strong>of</strong> time in which predictions are possible<br />

<strong>and</strong> this is strongly related with the concept <strong>of</strong> information theory <strong>and</strong> entropy. In fact,<br />

72


the sum <strong>of</strong> the positive exponents (i.e. the ones giving the rate <strong>of</strong> expansion <strong>of</strong> the<br />

volume), equals the Kolmogorov entropy (Pesin, 1977).<br />

K 2 = X >0<br />

i (47)<br />

5.2.6 Calculating Lyapunov Exponents<br />

Wolf Method<br />

Wolfetal. (1985) proposed an algorithm for calculating the largest Lyapunov exponent.<br />

First, the phase space reconstruction is made (eq.43) <strong>and</strong> the nearest neighbor is<br />

searched for one <strong>of</strong> the rst embedding vectors. A restriction must be made when searching<br />

for the neighbor: it must be suciently separated in time in order not to compute<br />

as nearest neighbors successive vectors <strong>of</strong> the same trajectory. Without considering this<br />

correction, Lyapunov exponents could be spurious due to temporal correlation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

neighbors. Once the neighbor <strong>and</strong> the initial distance (L) is determined, the system is<br />

evolved forward some xed time (evolution time) <strong>and</strong> the new distance (L 0 ) is calculated.<br />

This evolution is repeated, calculating the successive distances, until the separation is<br />

greater than a certain threshold. Then a new vector (replacement vector) is searched as<br />

close as possible to the rst one, having approximately the same orientation <strong>of</strong> the rst<br />

neighbor. Finally, Lyapunov exponents can be estimated using the following formula:<br />

L 1 =<br />

1<br />

(t k ; t 0 )<br />

kX<br />

i=1<br />

ln L0 (t i )<br />

L(t i;1 )<br />

(48)<br />

where k is the number <strong>of</strong> time propagation steps.<br />

Rosenstein Method<br />

Rosenstein et al. (1993) developed another algorithm for the calculation <strong>of</strong> the largest<br />

Lyapunov Exponent in short <strong>and</strong> noisy time series. As before, the rst step is to make<br />

a phase space reconstruction. Then the nearest neighbor for each embedding vector<br />

is found. After this, the system is evolved some xed time <strong>and</strong> the largest Lyapunov<br />

Exponent can be estimated as the mean rate <strong>of</strong> separation <strong>of</strong> the neighbors.<br />

Assuming that the separation is determined by the largest Lyapunov Exponent (),<br />

then at a time t the distance will be:<br />

d(t) C e t (49)<br />

where C is the initial separation. Taking the natural logarithm <strong>of</strong> both sides we obtain:<br />

73


ln d(t) ln C + t (50)<br />

This gives a set <strong>of</strong> parallel lines for the dierent embedding dimensions, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

largest Lyapunov Exponent can be calculated as the mean slope, averaging all the<br />

embedding vectors.<br />

Lyapunov exponents are very sensible to the election <strong>of</strong> the time lag, the embedding<br />

dimension <strong>and</strong> especially to the election <strong>of</strong> the evolution time. If the evolution time is too<br />

short, neighbor vectors will not evolve enough in order to obtain relevant information.<br />

If the evolution time is too large, vectors will \jump" to other trajectories thus giving<br />

unreliable results.<br />

5.3 Stationarity<br />

Due to the fact that Chaos <strong>methods</strong> require stationary <strong>signals</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s are known to<br />

be highly non stationary, I will briey discuss this topic <strong>and</strong> I will propose a criterion <strong>of</strong><br />

stationarity. In principle, non-stationarity means that characteristics <strong>of</strong> the time series,<br />

such as the mean, variance or power spectra, change with time. More technically, if we<br />

have a time series <strong>of</strong> discrete observed values fx 1 x 2 :::x N g, stationarity means that<br />

the joint probability distribution function f 12 (x 1 x 2 ) depends only on the time dierences<br />

jt 1 ; t 2 j <strong>and</strong> not on the absolute values t 1 <strong>and</strong> t 2 (Jenkins <strong>and</strong> Watts, 1968). Statistical<br />

tests <strong>of</strong> stationarity have revealed a variety <strong>of</strong> results in <strong>EEG</strong>s, <strong>and</strong> estimates <strong>of</strong><br />

stationary epochs range from some seconds to several minutes (Lopes da Silva, 1993a).<br />

However, whether or not the same data segment is considered stationary, depends on<br />

the problem being studied <strong>and</strong> the type <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> to be performed.<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s, due to the large amount <strong>of</strong> data needed for the application <strong>of</strong><br />

the non linear dynamic <strong>methods</strong>, strict stationarity is almost impossible to achieve. This<br />

problem has brought agreatvariety <strong>of</strong> results exposed by dierent authors (Basar, 1990<br />

Basar <strong>and</strong> Bullock, 1989). A less restrictive requirement, called \weak stationarity" <strong>of</strong><br />

order n, is that the moments up to some order n are fairly stable with time. If the<br />

probability distribution <strong>of</strong> a signal is Gaussian, it can be completely characterized by its<br />

mean ( m ), its variance ( 2 ) <strong>and</strong> its autocorrelation function. In this case, second order<br />

stationarity ( n = 2 ), plus an assumption <strong>of</strong> normality, is enough to assure complete<br />

stationarity (Jenkins <strong>and</strong> Watts, 1968). Consequently, in order to check for stationarity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> segments to be used for <strong>analysis</strong>, the following procedure was used (Blanco<br />

et al., 1995a).<br />

1. The total <strong>EEG</strong> time series was divided in bins with a xed number <strong>of</strong> data. The<br />

election <strong>of</strong> the bin length depends on the type <strong>of</strong> data <strong>and</strong> on the <strong>analysis</strong> to be<br />

74


performed. On one h<strong>and</strong>, must be large enough in order to give a reliable statistic<br />

<strong>and</strong> on the other h<strong>and</strong> if it is too large, it will not be possible to observe fast<br />

changes.<br />

2. The mean <strong>and</strong> variance for each bin were calculated, <strong>and</strong> zones in which their<br />

values do not have signicant changes (e.g. less than 20%) were selected.<br />

3. Finally, the corresponding histogram for this zone was constructed, <strong>and</strong> the normality<br />

<strong>of</strong> the obtained distribution was veried.<br />

I would like to remark that although the above criterion is arbitrary <strong>and</strong> does not<br />

prove stationarity 7 , it was very useful as a rst approximation in order to select <strong>EEG</strong><br />

data segments to work with, or to reject others with clear non stationary behavior.<br />

However, I would like to stress that in general elaborated statistical criteria can be<br />

hardly fullled by <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. For a more complete discussion about stationarity<br />

related with the application <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>methods</strong>, see for example Schreiber (1997).<br />

Eckman et al. (1987) presented another approach to the problem <strong>of</strong> stationarity by<br />

using the so called recurrence plots. Recurrence plots are based on distance calculations<br />

in the phase space. After a phase space reconstruction, the Euclidean distance between<br />

the embedding vectors (lets say N in total) is calculated. Then, an NxN plot is performed<br />

in the following way: for each pair <strong>of</strong> embedding vectors (i j) (i represented in<br />

the horizontal axis <strong>and</strong> j in the vertical axis) a point is plotted if its distance is less<br />

than a certain value r. Stationary <strong>signals</strong> will be characterized by homogeneous plots<br />

<strong>and</strong> non-stationary <strong>signals</strong> will show inhomogeneities due to varying features <strong>of</strong> the embedding<br />

vectors in the phase space. As an example, Fig. 25 shows the recurrence plot<br />

<strong>of</strong> an stationary one minute <strong>EEG</strong> signal (see Blanco et al., 1995a).<br />

Recurrence plots give an elegant representation <strong>of</strong> the stationarity <strong>of</strong> the signal, but<br />

in many occasions their interpretation is subjective <strong>and</strong> further <strong>analysis</strong> is required.<br />

5.4 Short review <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong><br />

5.4.1 Correlation Dimension<br />

Since the pioneering work <strong>of</strong> Babloyantz <strong>and</strong> coworkers (Babloyantz, 1985), several<br />

groups started to study the dynamics <strong>of</strong> the brain activity by reconstructing the trajectory<br />

<strong>of</strong> the system in the phase space <strong>and</strong> by calculating parameters as the Correlation<br />

Dimension (D 2 ). Low D 2 values correspond to simple systems <strong>and</strong> high D 2 values to<br />

7 Autocorrelation function is not checked, <strong>and</strong> the choice <strong>of</strong> what is considered as stable mean <strong>and</strong><br />

variances is in fact arbitrary.<br />

75


Figure 25: Recurrence Plot <strong>of</strong> a stationary <strong>EEG</strong> signal. Horizontal axis (i) <strong>and</strong>vertical<br />

axis (j) represent the 3200 embedding vectors obtained from the signal after phase space<br />

reconstruction. A point is plotted in the position (i j) if the distance between vectors<br />

i <strong>and</strong> j is less than a certain value r.<br />

more complex ones this value tending to innity, in theory, in the case <strong>of</strong> noise. D 2<br />

proved to be very useful for characterizing the brain dynamics in dierent sleep states.<br />

It was found that D 2 decreases in deep sleep stages, thus reecting a synchronization <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>EEG</strong> (Babloyantz, 1986, Roschke <strong>and</strong> Aldenho, 1991 Achermann et al., 1994a,b<br />

Pradhan et al., 1995). D 2 was also used for characterizing the brain dynamics doing<br />

mental tasks (Lutzenberger et al., 1995 Molle et al., 1996). Furthermore, D 2 was compared<br />

between normal subjects <strong>and</strong> patients with dierent pathologies, with the general<br />

result that decreases in D 2 are related with abnormal synchronizations <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, as<br />

demonstrated in epilepsy (Blanco et al., 1996a Babloyantz <strong>and</strong> Destexhe, 1986 Pijn<br />

et al., 1991 Iasemidis et al., 1990 Lehnertz <strong>and</strong> Elger, 1995, 1998) <strong>and</strong> other pathologies<br />

as Alzheimer, dementia, Parkinson, depression, schizophrenia or Creutzfeld-Jakob<br />

coma. (Pritchard et al., 1994, Besthorn et al., 1995 Stam et al., 1995, Roschke et al.,<br />

1994 Gallez <strong>and</strong> Babloyantz, 1991). For a more detailed review <strong>of</strong> dierent application<br />

<strong>of</strong> chaos <strong>analysis</strong> in brain <strong>signals</strong> I suggest the works <strong>of</strong> Basar (1989), Pritchard <strong>and</strong><br />

76


Duke (1992) <strong>and</strong> Elbert et al. (1994) <strong>and</strong> Basar <strong>and</strong> Quian Quiroga (1998).<br />

The Correlation Dimension was also used for characterizing the nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

In principle, converging D 2 values point towards a non-linear deterministic nature<br />

<strong>and</strong> diverging D 2 values would stress the interpretation <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> as noise. First<br />

results showed converging values <strong>of</strong> D 2 in several situations. However, Osborne <strong>and</strong><br />

Provenzale (1989) showed that ltered noise can also give nite D 2 values. Pijn et al.<br />

(1991) proposed the use <strong>of</strong> surrogate tests in order to validate the results obtained with<br />

D 2 . In brief, r<strong>and</strong>om (surrogate) <strong>signals</strong> are constructed from the original one with the<br />

same linear characteristics (<strong>frequency</strong> spectrum) <strong>and</strong> then, converging D 2 values <strong>of</strong> the<br />

original signal should be considered valid, only if the ones <strong>of</strong> the surrogates diverge. By<br />

applying this procedure, they found that values <strong>of</strong> the original <strong>and</strong> surrogate data dier<br />

in the case <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures in the case <strong>of</strong> the normal <strong>EEG</strong>, this <strong>analysis</strong> showing<br />

that it is indistinguishable from Gaussian noise. Achermann et al. (1994a) also reported<br />

no dierences between <strong>EEG</strong> in sleep stages <strong>and</strong> noise.<br />

5.4.2 Lyapunov Exponents<br />

Although the determination <strong>of</strong> the existence <strong>of</strong> a positive Lyapunov exponent could be a<br />

sign<strong>of</strong>chaos, publications about Lyapunov exponents are rare in comparison to the ones<br />

with Correlation Dimension. I will report here some important ndings with Lyapunov<br />

exponents in epilepsy, sleep stages <strong>and</strong> in dierent pathologies.<br />

Epilepsy<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the rst attempts to apply Lyapunov exponents to <strong>EEG</strong> data was done by<br />

Babloyantz <strong>and</strong> Destexhe (1986) using the Wolf method for the evaluation <strong>of</strong> a short<br />

epileptic \Petit Mal" seizure. They obtained a value <strong>of</strong> =2:9 0:6, concluding that<br />

although the attractor has a global stability during an epileptic seizure (due to a very<br />

low Correlation Dimension), the presence <strong>of</strong> a positiveLyapunov exponent shows a great<br />

sensitivity to initial conditions, giving a rich response to external outputs.<br />

Frank et al. (1990) studied a longer \Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal" epileptic seizure. They proposed a<br />

modied version <strong>of</strong> the Wolf method, choosing in a dierent way the replacementvectors<br />

<strong>and</strong> making multiple passes through the time series. They point out that Lyapunov<br />

exponents are sensible to the evolution time <strong>and</strong> to the embedding dimension, reporting<br />

a value <strong>of</strong> =1 0:2 estimated across dierent embedding dimensions.<br />

Iasemidis <strong>and</strong> Sackellares (1991) also used a modied Wolf algorithm <strong>and</strong> analyzed<br />

seizures recorded with subdural electrodes. They observed a drop in the Lyapunov<br />

Exponents during seizures, with greater values (implying a more chaotic state) postictally<br />

than ictally or pre-ictally. Furthermore, they found a phase-locking <strong>of</strong> the focal<br />

77


sites minutes before the starting <strong>of</strong> the seizure, with a progressive phase entrainment <strong>of</strong><br />

the nonfocal ones. They propose this phase-locking as a method for assigning degrees<br />

<strong>of</strong> participation <strong>of</strong> each focal site <strong>and</strong> for classifying their importance in the developing<br />

<strong>of</strong> the seizure. Krystal <strong>and</strong> Weiner (1991), using the same algorithm, obtained similar<br />

results in electroconvulsive therapy seizures.<br />

Sleep<br />

Some groups also had success in evaluating Lyapunov exponents during dierent<br />

sleep stages. Babloyantz (1988) reported positive Lyapunov exponents during deep<br />

sleep, obtaining a value <strong>of</strong> = 0:4 ; 0:8 for stage II <strong>and</strong> a value <strong>of</strong> = 0:3 ; 0:6 for<br />

stage IV.<br />

Principe <strong>and</strong> Lo (1991) reported a greater value <strong>of</strong> = 2:1 for sleep stage II, but<br />

they remark that an accurate value is impossible to obtain because <strong>of</strong> the complexity <strong>of</strong><br />

the signal, its time varying nature <strong>and</strong> the sensibility <strong>of</strong> the results with the election <strong>of</strong><br />

the parameters for the calculations.<br />

Roschke et al. (1993), following the modication <strong>of</strong> the Wolf algorithm proposed by<br />

Frank et al. (1990) calculated the Lyapunov exponent <strong>of</strong> recordings from 15 healthy<br />

male subjects in sleep stages I, II, III, IV <strong>and</strong> REM. They found in all cases positive<br />

values, thus stating that <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> are neither quasiperiodic waves, nor simple noise.<br />

They also report a decrement in the Lyapunov exponents as sleep becomes slower.<br />

Roschke et al. (1994) studied dierences in Correlation Dimension <strong>and</strong> Lyapunov<br />

exponents in sleep recordings <strong>of</strong> depressive <strong>and</strong> schizophrenic patients compared with<br />

healthy controls. They mainly found alterations during slow sleep in depression, <strong>and</strong><br />

during REM sleep in schizophrenia.<br />

Other studies<br />

Gallez <strong>and</strong> Babloyantz (1991) analyzed the complete Lyapunov spectrum in awake<br />

\eyes closed" state (alpha waves), deep sleep (stage IV) <strong>and</strong> Creutzfeld-Jakob coma.<br />

They found in all cases studied at least two positive Lyapunov exponents, increasing<br />

this numberuptothreeinthecase<strong>of</strong>alphawaves, implying that alpha waves correspond<br />

to a more complex system than the one present during sleep.<br />

Stam et al. (1995) studied 13 Parkinson <strong>and</strong> 9 demented patients against 9 healthy<br />

subjects by using the Correlation Dimension, the Lyapunov Exponents <strong>and</strong> the Kolmogorov<br />

entropy calculated from a spatial reconstruction <strong>of</strong> the embedding vectors<br />

(multichanneling). They report a value <strong>of</strong> = 6:17 for the control subjects, a similar<br />

value <strong>of</strong> =6:12 (but with lower Correlation Dimension) for Parkinson patients <strong>and</strong> a<br />

signicant lower value <strong>of</strong> =4:84 for demented patients.<br />

Wallenstein <strong>and</strong> Nash (1991) implemented the Wolf algorithm with avarying prop-<br />

78


agation time. They applied this procedure to study ERPs in central <strong>and</strong> parietal<br />

locations, nding lower values in non-target than in target stimulus, without signicant<br />

dierences between electrodes. In the central location (Cz) they report a value <strong>of</strong><br />

=0:397 0:18 for non-target stimulus <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> =0:794 0:44 for the target ones.<br />

Although there is a great variance in the results <strong>of</strong> dierent groups, there is a general<br />

agreement that <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> have at least one positive Lyapunov exponent, implying<br />

that <strong>EEG</strong>s (in case <strong>of</strong> having a deterministic origin) reect a chaotic activity.<br />

5.5 Application to scalp recorded <strong>EEG</strong>s<br />

5.5.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> recordings <strong>of</strong> 6 subjects were studied. Recordings were performed in a \no-task"<br />

awake state with eyes closed. Three <strong>of</strong> these subjects had normal <strong>EEG</strong> recordings ( N1,<br />

N2, N3 ) <strong>and</strong> other three had abnormal ones (A1,A2,A3). The main abnormalities<br />

<strong>of</strong> these last ones were: slow waves, increases in theta rhythms, very low alpha reactivity<br />

<strong>and</strong> important decrease in the alpha/theta ratio.<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>s were digitized using a 8 bits analog-to-digital (A/D) converter. 20 electrodes<br />

were disposed according to the 10 ; 20 system with earlobe references. The data was<br />

sampled with a <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>of</strong> 256 Hz, <strong>and</strong> ltered with a high-pass lter at 0.5 Hz <strong>and</strong><br />

alow-pass lter at 32 Hz. We chose for our <strong>analysis</strong> the central electrodes because they<br />

were the ones less contaminated by artifacts.<br />

5.5.2 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion<br />

The objective <strong>of</strong> this section is to establish some criteria for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong><br />

previous to any calculation with Chaos <strong>methods</strong>. This is done in order to avoid spurious<br />

results due to unfortunate selections <strong>of</strong> the segments <strong>of</strong> data to be analyzed.<br />

The rst step is to choose data segments without artifacts. Then, after selecting<br />

proper zones free <strong>of</strong> artifacts or with very few interruptions, the stationarity <strong>of</strong> the data<br />

can be veried by applying the criteria described in sec. x5.3. In this case, the length <strong>of</strong><br />

the data bins was 1000 data points (about 4 seconds <strong>of</strong> digitized <strong>EEG</strong> signal).<br />

In Fig. 26 <strong>and</strong> Fig. 27 the mean <strong>and</strong> variance for the time series denoted by N1<br />

are showed. In this case, mean <strong>and</strong> variance were considered stable when their changes<br />

were in a range <strong>of</strong> 20% (see sec. 5.3). From these gures it can be concluded that the<br />

stationarity criterion previously proposed is satised between bins 9 <strong>and</strong> 26. Note that<br />

in this case, the variance does not give any restriction about selected bins to be used in<br />

the following <strong>analysis</strong>.<br />

79


Figure 26: Mean values for bins <strong>of</strong> 1000 data points for the <strong>EEG</strong> data N1.<br />

Figure 27: St<strong>and</strong>ard deviation for bins <strong>of</strong> 1000 data points for the <strong>EEG</strong> data N1.<br />

Fig. 28 shows that the histogram for this selected segment <strong>of</strong>N1 has approximately<br />

a normal distribution (at least, no higher order moments seem to be relevant).<br />

The algorithm for the calculation <strong>of</strong> Correlation Dimension assumed stationarity <strong>and</strong><br />

noise free time series. Since <strong>EEG</strong>s are usually contaminated by noise it is convenient<br />

prior to the calculation <strong>of</strong> the Correlation Dimension to apply noise reduction techniques<br />

as the Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) (Albano et al., 1988 Broomhead <strong>and</strong> King,<br />

1986)(see sec. x5.2.3). The SVD has the advantage <strong>of</strong> reducing the embedding dimension<br />

<strong>of</strong> the system <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> partially eliminating the noise<strong>of</strong>thesignal.<br />

In Table 4 the total length <strong>of</strong> the series, the stationary portions <strong>and</strong> the results <strong>of</strong><br />

the calculations <strong>of</strong> D 2 <strong>and</strong> are presented. The time lag was chosen as the rst zero<br />

<strong>of</strong> the autocorrelation function <strong>and</strong> the embedding dimension by satisfying the Takens<br />

80


Figure 28: Histogram for the <strong>EEG</strong> data N1 in the selected zone (see text).<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> N 0 N d D e D 2 1<br />

N1 34000 15000 13 5:5 ; 6:0 0:26<br />

N2 32000 13000 13 5:0 ; 6:0 0:23<br />

N3 35000 14000 13 4:5 ; 5:5 0:25<br />

A1 35000 15000 13 4:5 ; 5:5 0:28<br />

A2 34000 14000 13 5:0 ; 5:5 0:26<br />

A3 36000 15000 13 4:5 ; 5:0 0:27<br />

Table 4: Correlation Dimension (D 2 ) <strong>and</strong> maximum Lyapunov exponent ( 1 ) for the<br />

dierent <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> (N means normal recordings <strong>and</strong> A abnormal ones). N 0<br />

is the<br />

total length <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> recordings, N d the length employed for the calculations <strong>and</strong> D e<br />

the embedding dimension.<br />

81


criterion (see sec. x5.2.4). D 2 varied between 4:5 ; 6 without a clear dierence between<br />

normal <strong>and</strong> pathological <strong>EEG</strong> recordings. Maximum Lyapunov exponents were positive<br />

in all the cases giving an evidence <strong>of</strong> chaotic activity (in the case <strong>of</strong> <strong>signals</strong> having a<br />

deterministic origin).<br />

5.6 Application to intracranially recorded tonic-clonic seizures<br />

5.6.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

The subject <strong>and</strong> data analyzed was described in sec. x3.3. The <strong>EEG</strong> corresponds to a<br />

9-hour intracranial recording from a 21 years old patient with tonic-clonic seizures.<br />

5.6.2 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion<br />

Figure 7 shows the <strong>EEG</strong> signal corresponding to a segment <strong>of</strong> 64 sec from one depth<br />

electrode in the left hippocampus. As seen in the gure, the epileptic seizure starts<br />

about second 10 <strong>and</strong> nishes about second 54.<br />

In order to study changes in the <strong>EEG</strong> behavior the signal was divided in intervals <strong>of</strong><br />

8 sec as follows: ( i ) pre-seizure (0 ; 8sec) ( ii ) starting <strong>of</strong> the seizure (10 ; 18sec) (<br />

iii ) full development <strong>of</strong> the seizure (21 ; 29sec) <strong>and</strong> (29 ; 37sec) ( iv ) ending <strong>of</strong> the<br />

seizure (37 ; 44sec) <strong>and</strong> (44 ; 52sec).<br />

For these intervals, stationaritywas tested following the criterion described in sec. x5.3.<br />

The length <strong>of</strong> the bins used was <strong>of</strong> 512 data. In the second interval (10 ; 18sec) the<br />

criterion <strong>of</strong> stationarity was not satised due to the fast changes in the <strong>EEG</strong> morphology.<br />

The time delay <strong>and</strong> the minimum embedding dimension were estimated with the<br />

geometrical method introduced by Rosestein <strong>and</strong> the False Nearest Neighbor method,<br />

respectively (see sect. x5.2.4).<br />

Fig. 29 displays the two dimensional projection <strong>of</strong> the phase portraits for the selected<br />

intervals. Each <strong>EEG</strong> segment was characterized by its Correlation Dimensions <strong>and</strong><br />

maximum Lyapunov exponents.<br />

Table 5 shows the stationary zones, optimal time lags , minimum embedding dimensions,<br />

Correlation Dimension <strong>and</strong> maximum Lyapunov exponent for the dierent<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> intervals. These last two parameters were obtained as an average among the corresponding<br />

values obtained for all the considered embedding dimensions. These values<br />

are in good agreement with those given in the literature in background activity <strong>and</strong> in<br />

epileptic seizures (see sec. x5.4).<br />

The seizure is characterized by a drop in the value <strong>of</strong> the maximum Lyapunov exponent.<br />

A similar situation is observed for the Correlation Dimension. From the values<br />

82


Figure 29: Attractors corresponding to the selected zones (see text) during a Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal<br />

seizure.<br />

83


<strong>EEG</strong> segment D e (min) D 2 1<br />

0 ; 8 sec 0:0195 8 4:30 4:6<br />

21 ; 29 sec 0:0156 13 2:60 4:0<br />

29 ; 37 sec 0:0156 10 2:50 4:0<br />

37 ; 44 sec 0:0156 11 2:05 3:5<br />

44 ; 52 sec 0:0156 13 2:15 3:0<br />

Table 5: Optimal value <strong>of</strong> time lag (insec ), minimum embedding dimension D (min)<br />

e ,<br />

Correlation Dimension (D 2 ), <strong>and</strong> maximum Lyapunov exponent ( 1 ) for the stationary<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> segments (Data-set size: N = 2048 see text).<br />

showed in table 5, it can be concluded that the dynamical behavior was more regular<br />

during the seizure.<br />

Summarizing, we found a good evidence that during the epileptic seizure there is<br />

a transition from a complex to a simple dynamical behavior. Furthermore, this result<br />

yields insights with respect to the theory <strong>of</strong> how epileptic seizures occur (i.e.<br />

synchronization <strong>of</strong> the disordered background <strong>EEG</strong> activity).<br />

as a<br />

5.7 Conclusion<br />

Deterministic chaos theory gives an alternative new type <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> compared with<br />

the ones given by the traditional <strong>methods</strong>. However, the application <strong>of</strong> chaos <strong>methods</strong>,<br />

should be done with care in order to avoid misleading results. In this way a right election<br />

<strong>of</strong> parameters required for the calculations is critical.<br />

Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> has several prerequisites, some <strong>of</strong> them making impossible its application<br />

to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. One <strong>of</strong> these prerequisites is the availability <strong>of</strong><br />

long data recordings but on the other h<strong>and</strong>, data must be stationary. Consequently,<br />

chaos <strong>analysis</strong> cannot be applied in nonstationary short data recordings as in the case <strong>of</strong><br />

event-related potentials. In these types <strong>of</strong> series, the dynamics <strong>of</strong> the system is changing<br />

completely in fractions <strong>of</strong> a second due to the eect <strong>of</strong> the stimulus <strong>and</strong> therefore, it has<br />

no sense to dene an attractor <strong>and</strong> to calculate any metric invariant from it.<br />

Since <strong>methods</strong> for calculation <strong>of</strong> D 2 <strong>and</strong> 1 were developed for ideal <strong>signals</strong> (i.e.<br />

innite, noise-free <strong>and</strong> stationary), then, due to the complex structure <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>s,<br />

results should be considered <strong>of</strong> relative relevance <strong>and</strong>, as suggested by Pritchard <strong>and</strong><br />

Duke (1992), is more realistic to talk about Dimensionality instead <strong>of</strong> Correlation Dimension.<br />

By using this view, several groups reported changes in D 2 <strong>and</strong> 1 values in<br />

dierent brain states <strong>and</strong> pathologies. Nevertheless, these measures seem not to be suit-<br />

84


able for automatic detection processes or on-line <strong>analysis</strong> (Jansen, 1991). Furthermore,<br />

other <strong>methods</strong> turned out to be more suitable for these purposes (see Pjin et al., 1997<br />

Gotman, 1990b).<br />

Since it was reported that ltered noise could lead to converging low D 2 values,<br />

conclusions based on absolute values <strong>of</strong> D 2 should be revised <strong>and</strong> validated. In this<br />

respect, the use <strong>of</strong> surrogate tests (Theiler et. al., 1992) was proposed. Furthermore,<br />

absolute results should be stable with respect to dierent election <strong>of</strong> the parameters<br />

necessary for calculations. This type <strong>of</strong> approach was mainly used for discriminating<br />

between deterministic chaos vs. r<strong>and</strong>om behavior <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>s. In this respect, as I will<br />

discuss in detail in section x7, the failure to validate converging low dimensional values<br />

<strong>of</strong> D 2 with surrogate tests (then proving a low dimensional chaotic nature) implies that<br />

<strong>methods</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chaos are not suitable for answering this question rather than implying a<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om nature <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

I would like to remark that I discussed the most used approach <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>analysis</strong><br />

to <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, namely, by means <strong>of</strong> the Correlation Dimension, Lyapunov exponents<br />

or Kolmogorov entropy. Although their results are not so promising as believed before,<br />

Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> is not limited to these invariants <strong>and</strong> alternative non linear approaches as<br />

for example the study <strong>of</strong> chaotic synchronization (Arnhold et al., 1999 Quian Quiroga<br />

et al., 1999c) could lead to interesting results.<br />

85


6 Wavelet-entropy<br />

6.1 Introduction<br />

One very interesting question related with brain activity deals with its nature. Should<br />

brain <strong>signals</strong> be considered as noisy activity or as a deterministic phenomenon with<br />

some degree <strong>of</strong> order? <strong>and</strong> in the latter case, how can we quantify this degree <strong>of</strong> order?<br />

Several approaches were performed in order to shed light on this topic, especially<br />

after the introduction <strong>of</strong> the non-linear dynamics (Chaos) theory to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s<br />

(see section x5).<br />

Another approach to this question is to consider the entropy. The concept <strong>of</strong> thermodynamic<br />

entropy is well known in physics as a measure <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> a system (for<br />

a more detailed physical description see Feynman et al., 1964). Left side <strong>of</strong> g. 30 shows<br />

schematically this idea. In the upper graph (situation A), the molecules <strong>of</strong> a certain gas<br />

are isolated in the left side <strong>of</strong> a recipient because the division was just removed. After<br />

some time (situation B), molecules are subject to a free expansion then lling the whole<br />

recipient. Situation A corresponds to a more ordered state because the molecules are<br />

restricted to the left side therefore, situation A is associated with a lower entropy than<br />

situation B.<br />

Furthermore, for studying the nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> it is very important to consider<br />

how these <strong>signals</strong> behave in several situations. Among these, the study <strong>of</strong> event-related<br />

potentials (i.e. the reaction <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> to an external or internal stimulation)<br />

could shed light on this question. As suggested by Basar (1980), ERPs are due<br />

to selective enhancements or synchronizations <strong>of</strong> the spontaneous brain oscillations <strong>of</strong><br />

the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong>, thus giving a transition from a disordered to an ordered state (see<br />

section 1.3). Then, a method for measuring the entropy appears as an ideal tool for<br />

quantifying the \ordering" <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> upon stimulation.<br />

Recently, a measure <strong>of</strong> entropy dened from the Fourier power spectrum, the spectral<br />

entropy (Powell <strong>and</strong> Percival, 1979), started to be applied to the study <strong>of</strong> brain <strong>signals</strong><br />

(Inouye et al., 1991, 1993). An ordered activity (i.e. a sinusoidal signal) is manifested<br />

as a narrow peak in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain, thus having low entropy (see situation A in<br />

the right side<strong>of</strong>g.30).On the other h<strong>and</strong>, r<strong>and</strong>om activity has a wide b<strong>and</strong> response<br />

in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain, reected in a high entropy value (situation B in the right side<br />

<strong>of</strong> g. 30). However, since the spectral entropy is based on the Fourier Transform, it<br />

has some disadvantages. As stated in previous chapters, Fourier Transform does not<br />

take into account the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns <strong>and</strong> furthermore, Fourier<br />

Transform requires stationarity <strong>of</strong> the <strong>signals</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s are highly non-stationary (Lopes<br />

da Silva, 1993a Mpitsos, 1989 Blanco et al., 1995a).<br />

86


ENTROPY<br />

Thermodynamics<br />

Signal <strong>analysis</strong><br />

Situation A<br />

Order<br />

=<br />

low entropy<br />

Fourier<br />

Situation B<br />

Disorder<br />

=<br />

high entropy<br />

Fourier<br />

Figure 30: Entropy in thermodynamics <strong>and</strong> in signal <strong>analysis</strong>.<br />

These disadvantages <strong>of</strong> the Fourier Transform are partially resolved by using the<br />

Gabor Transform (Powell <strong>and</strong> Percival already dened a time evolving entropy from<br />

the Gabor Transform by using a Hanning window). Nevertheless, as already discused in<br />

previous chapters, the selection <strong>of</strong> the window size is critical due to the UncertaintyPrinciple<br />

<strong>and</strong> this limitation becomes important when the signal has transient components<br />

localized in time as in ERPs.<br />

Wavelets haveavarying window size, thus allowing a better time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution<br />

for all the scales. Consequently, a further improvement to the spectral entropy is to<br />

dene the entropy from the Wavelet transform. In the latter case, the time evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns can be followed with an optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution.<br />

In this chapter, I will rst introduce the denition <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet-entropy <strong>and</strong> then I<br />

will describe its application to the study <strong>of</strong> ERPs (Quian Quiroga et al., 1999a,b Rosso<br />

et al., 1998).<br />

87


6.2 Theoretical Background<br />

Although the denition <strong>of</strong> this time evolving entropy can be done from any time<strong>frequency</strong><br />

representation, as Gabor Transform or dierent type <strong>of</strong> wavelets, I will describe<br />

the method from the wavelet coecients C ij (where i denotes time <strong>and</strong> j are the<br />

dierent scales) obtained after applying the multiresolution decomposition method (see<br />

sec. x4.2.3).<br />

Once the coecients C ij are known, the energy for each time i <strong>and</strong> level j can be<br />

calculated as<br />

E ij = C 2 ij (51)<br />

Since the number <strong>of</strong> components for each resolution level is dierent, I will redene<br />

the energy by calculating, for each level, its mean value in successive time windows<br />

(t = 128ms) denoted by the index k which will now give the time evolution. Then,<br />

the energy will be:<br />

E kj = 1 N<br />

i 0<br />

X+t<br />

i=i 0<br />

E ij (52)<br />

where i 0 is the starting value <strong>of</strong> the time window (i 0 =1 1+t 1+2t : : :) <strong>and</strong> N is<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> components in the time window for each resolution level. For every time<br />

window k, the total energy can be calculated as:<br />

E k = X j<br />

E kj (53)<br />

<strong>and</strong> we can dene the quantity<br />

p kj = E kj<br />

E k<br />

(54)<br />

as a probability distribution associated with the scale level j. Clearly, for each time<br />

window k, P j p kj = 1 <strong>and</strong> then, following the denition <strong>of</strong> entropy given by Shannon<br />

(1948), the time varying Wavelet-entropy can be dened as (for further details see Blanco<br />

et al., 1998a):<br />

WS k = ; X j<br />

p kj log 2<br />

p kj (55)<br />

88


6.3 Application to visual event-related potentials<br />

6.3.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials<br />

In 9 voluntary healthy subjects (no neurological decits, no medication known to aect<br />

the <strong>EEG</strong>) two types <strong>of</strong> experiments were performed:<br />

1. No-task visual evoked potential (VEP): subjects were watching a checkerboard<br />

pattern (sidelength <strong>of</strong> the checks: 50'), the stimulus being achecker reversal.<br />

2. Oddball paradigm (NON-TARGET/TARGET stimuli): subjects were watching<br />

the same pattern as above. Two dierent stimuli were presented in a pseudor<strong>and</strong>om<br />

order. NON-TARGET stimuli (75%) were pattern reversal, <strong>and</strong> TARGET<br />

stimuli (25%) consisted in a pattern reversal with horizontal <strong>and</strong> vertical displacement<br />

<strong>of</strong> one-half <strong>of</strong> the square side length. Subjects were instructed to pay<br />

attention to the appearance <strong>of</strong> the target stimuli.<br />

In both cases, 200 stimuli were presented <strong>and</strong> the duration <strong>of</strong> each stimulus was<br />

1 second. Recordings were made following the international 10 ; 20 system in seven<br />

dierent electrodes (F3, F4, Cz, P3, P4, O1, O2) referenced to linked earlobes. Data<br />

were amplied with a time constant <strong>of</strong> 1:5sec: <strong>and</strong> a low-pass lter at 70Hz. For each<br />

single sweep, 1sec: pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> were digitized with a sampling rate <strong>of</strong><br />

250Hz <strong>and</strong> stored in a hard disk.<br />

After visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the data, 30 sweeps free <strong>of</strong> artifacts were r<strong>and</strong>omly selected<br />

for each type <strong>of</strong> stimuli (VEP, NON-TARGET <strong>and</strong> TARGET) for future <strong>analysis</strong>. A<br />

Wavelet Transform was applied to each single sweep using a quadratic B-Spline function<br />

as mother wavelet. The multiresolution decomposition method (Mallat, 1989) was used<br />

for separating the signal in <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s, dened in agreement with the traditional<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s used in physiological <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>. After a ve octave wavelet decomposition,<br />

the components <strong>of</strong> the following b<strong>and</strong>s were obtained: 62 ; 125Hz,31; 62Hz<br />

(gamma), 16 ; 31Hz (beta), 8 ; 16Hz (alpha), 4 ; 8Hz (theta) <strong>and</strong> the residues in the<br />

0:5 ; 4Hz b<strong>and</strong> (delta).<br />

For each subject the results <strong>of</strong> the wavelet decomposition <strong>of</strong> the 30 single sweeps<br />

were averaged, obtaining the mean components (C ij ). Finally, from this coecients<br />

the Wavelet-entropy was calculated as described in the previous section. In this case,<br />

since the WS is calculated from the averaged wavelet coecients, only phase-locked<br />

oscillations will contribute to it, the others being cancelled (for the same data, an <strong>analysis</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> phase-locking in the alpha b<strong>and</strong> was done in Quian Quiroga et.al., 1999d).<br />

89


Signal WS<br />

X 1 0:15<br />

X 2 0:36<br />

X 3 0:53<br />

Table 6: Wavelet entropy for a sinusoidal signal (X 1 ), for a r<strong>and</strong>om signal (X 3 ) <strong>and</strong> for<br />

a sinusoidal signal with noise (X 2 = 1 (X 2 1 + X 3 )).<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong><br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong> was performed by computing the mean entropy values in the<br />

second pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus. Signicance <strong>of</strong> entropy decreases were calculated for<br />

each electrode <strong>and</strong> stimuli type by comparing minimum pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulation with<br />

t-test comparisons.<br />

6.3.2 Results<br />

The Wavelet entropy (WS) was tested with 3 dierent time series. A: a pure sinusoidal<br />

signal with a <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>of</strong> 12 Hz (X 1 ) B: a r<strong>and</strong>om signal (X 3 ) <strong>and</strong> C: a signal composed<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sum <strong>of</strong> the two previous ones (X 2 ). The r<strong>and</strong>om signal was obtained from a white<br />

noise generator. Table 6 shows the results <strong>of</strong> the WS for the three <strong>signals</strong>. As expected,<br />

the WS is higher for the noisy signal (broad-b<strong>and</strong> spectrum) <strong>and</strong> minimum for the<br />

sinusoidal one (narrow-b<strong>and</strong> spectrum).<br />

The event-related responses <strong>of</strong> one typical subject are shown in gure 31. Only the<br />

central <strong>and</strong> left electrodes are shown, having the right ones similar behavior. Left side<br />

<strong>of</strong> the gure corresponds to VEP, center to NON-TARGET <strong>and</strong> right sidetoTARGET<br />

stimuli. The P100 response is clearly visible upon all stimuli types at about 100 ms,<br />

best dened in occipital locations. In the case <strong>of</strong> TARGET stimulation, a marked<br />

positive peak appears between 400 <strong>and</strong> 500 ms, according to the expected cognitive<br />

P300 response.<br />

Figure 32 shows the results <strong>of</strong> the b<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> total energies for the same subject.<br />

Only the lower <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s are plotted since the higher ones showed no relevant<br />

contribution to the total energy. All stimuli types show alpha <strong>and</strong> theta b<strong>and</strong> increases in<br />

occipital locations at 100-200 ms, correlated with the P100-N200 complex. Only upon<br />

TARGET stimulation an increase in the posterior locations is visualized in the delta<br />

b<strong>and</strong> at 500-600 ms, this increase being related with the cognitive response(P300).<br />

Results <strong>of</strong> the WS for the same subject are shown in gure 33. Decreases in the<br />

entropy are more signicant in posterior sites upon TARGET stimulation, strongly<br />

90


VEP<br />

Non Target<br />

Target<br />

F3<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

Cz<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

91<br />

P3<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

O1<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-1sec. 0 1sec. -1sec. 0 1sec. -1sec. 0 1sec.<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

Figure 31: Evoked responses <strong>of</strong> one typical subject (y-axis values in V ).


500<br />

VEP NON-TARGET TARGET<br />

500<br />

500<br />

Alpha<br />

Theta<br />

Delta<br />

Total<br />

F3<br />

F3<br />

0<br />

500<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

500<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

500<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Cz<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

92<br />

1000<br />

1000<br />

1000<br />

500<br />

P3<br />

500<br />

P3<br />

500<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

1000<br />

1000<br />

1000<br />

500<br />

O1<br />

500<br />

O1<br />

500<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Figure 32: Total <strong>and</strong> b<strong>and</strong> energy for the recordings <strong>of</strong> the previous gure.


1<br />

VEP NON-TARGET TARGET<br />

1<br />

1<br />

F3<br />

F3<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Cz<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

93<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

P3<br />

P3<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

O1<br />

O1<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Figure 33: Wavelet Entropy corresponding to the same recording.


correlated with the denition <strong>of</strong> the P300 response. There are no decreases <strong>of</strong> entropy<br />

correlated with the P100 response. This is consistent with the distribution <strong>of</strong> energy<br />

described in g. 32, since the P100 peaks have a wide-b<strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> composition<br />

corresponding to alpha <strong>and</strong> theta oscillations. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, the P300 response<br />

corresponded only to delta oscillations, thus having a lower entropy. It is very interesting<br />

to note that the results <strong>of</strong> the entropy are not directly related with the ones <strong>of</strong> the energy.<br />

This can be clearly seen, for example, by analyzing the TARGET response <strong>of</strong> electrode<br />

O1, where there is a high energy increase at about 200ms without signicant changes in<br />

the entropy for this time.<br />

Considering the whole group <strong>of</strong> subjects, the gr<strong>and</strong> average <strong>of</strong> the WS is shown in<br />

gure 34. As pointed out with the typical subject, posterior decreases are observable<br />

upon TARGET stimulation at about 600 ms, these decreases being clearly correlated<br />

with the denition <strong>of</strong> the P300 response. On the contrary, P100 peaks produced no<br />

relevant decreases in the entropy since they corresponded to a wider range <strong>of</strong> frequencies.<br />

In order to verify statistically the decreases <strong>of</strong> entropy correlated with the P300<br />

responses, pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus mean entropy values were compared by using t-tests.<br />

As shown in gure 35, entropies are signicantly decreased in posterior electrodes upon<br />

TARGET stimulation. Then, entropy decreases respond to a dynamical process related<br />

with the stimulation, rather than to r<strong>and</strong>om uctuations.<br />

6.3.3 Discussion<br />

Results <strong>of</strong> the calculation <strong>of</strong> the WS in dierent digitally generated <strong>signals</strong> conrmed<br />

the expected correlation between the WS <strong>and</strong> the complexity <strong>of</strong> them, being high for<br />

the r<strong>and</strong>om signal <strong>and</strong> low for the sinusoidal one. This shows that WS could be used as<br />

a measure for describing the behavior <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, since a noisy activity will have<br />

a broadb<strong>and</strong> spectrum <strong>and</strong> consequently a high entropy, <strong>and</strong> on the other side, more<br />

ordered activity as a sinusoidal signal will have lower entropy. Then, WS gives a new<br />

approach to the measure <strong>and</strong> quantication <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> a system, its physiological interpretation<br />

being very interesting due to its relation with tuning <strong>of</strong> cell groups involved<br />

in the generation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> signal.<br />

Entropy in signal <strong>analysis</strong><br />

The concept <strong>of</strong> entropy emerged last century as a useful state function applied to<br />

the study <strong>of</strong> the thermodynamic <strong>of</strong> gases (Feynman, 1964). Furthermore, entropy was<br />

related with the order <strong>of</strong> a system <strong>and</strong> its applications rapidly exp<strong>and</strong>ed to several disciplines<br />

due to its very interesting meanings. One important milestone was the introduction<br />

<strong>of</strong> the theory <strong>of</strong> communication (Shannon, 1948 see also Feynman, 1996) relating<br />

94


1<br />

VEP NON-TARGET TARGET<br />

1<br />

1<br />

F3<br />

F3<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Cz<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

95<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

P3<br />

P3<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

O1<br />

O1<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Figure 34: Gr<strong>and</strong> average <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Entropy.


1.0<br />

F3<br />

1.0<br />

F4<br />

Pre-stim<br />

Post-stim<br />

0.5<br />

0.5<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

1.0<br />

Cz<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

0.5<br />

1.0<br />

P3<br />

**<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

1.0<br />

P4<br />

*<br />

0.5<br />

0.5<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

O1<br />

1.0<br />

0.5<br />

0.0<br />

1.0<br />

** **<br />

0.5<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

VEP NT T<br />

O2<br />

* p


<strong>and</strong> the Lorenz equations (a model <strong>of</strong> Rayleigh-Benard convection). By changing the<br />

control parameters <strong>of</strong> the models, they showed increases <strong>of</strong> the spectral entropy upon<br />

the disordering <strong>of</strong> the systems in their route to chaoticity.<br />

Inouye <strong>and</strong> coworkers (1991, 1993) introduced the spectral entropy to the <strong>analysis</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. From the spectral entropy they dened an irregularity index<strong>and</strong> they<br />

reported in rest <strong>EEG</strong>s, more irregularityinanterior than in occipital areas. Furthermore,<br />

they reported a greater degree <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> desynchronization during mental arithmetic in<br />

comparison with rest <strong>EEG</strong>. Stam <strong>and</strong> coworkers (Stam et al., 1993) instead, dened an<br />

accelaration spectrum entropy from the second derivative <strong>of</strong> the signal <strong>and</strong> they reported<br />

dierences <strong>of</strong> this measure in dementia, Parkinson disease (Jelles et al., 1995) <strong>and</strong> during<br />

mental activation (Thomeer et al., 1994).<br />

Blanco et al. (1998a) proposed a further improvement by dening the entropy from<br />

the Wavelet Transform due to its advantages over the Fourier transform. Among these,<br />

the most important one is that the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the entropy can be followed. Since<br />

the entropy is dened from the time-<strong>frequency</strong> representation <strong>of</strong> the signal, the nearly<br />

optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform is crucial for having an<br />

accurate measure. This is particularly important in the case <strong>of</strong> event-related potentials,<br />

in which the relevant response is limited to a fraction <strong>of</strong> a second. Furthermore, Wavelet<br />

Transform lacks <strong>of</strong> the requirement <strong>of</strong> stationarity.<br />

I showed the application <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet-entropy (WS) to the study <strong>of</strong> ERPs. WS<br />

proved to be a very useful tool for characterizing the event-related responses, furthermore,<br />

the information obtained with the WS probed not to be trivially related with the<br />

energy <strong>and</strong> consequently with the amplitude <strong>of</strong> the signal. This means that with this<br />

method, new information can be accessed with an approach dierent from the traditional<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> amplitude <strong>and</strong> delays <strong>of</strong> the event-related responses.<br />

WS as a measure <strong>of</strong> resonance in the brain<br />

Following the resonance theory, the ERP can be seen as an evoked synchronization,<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> stabilization, <strong>frequency</strong> selective enhancement <strong>and</strong>/or phase reordering <strong>of</strong> the<br />

ongoing <strong>EEG</strong>, <strong>and</strong> it should not be interpreted as an additive component to a noisy<br />

background <strong>EEG</strong> (see sec. x1.3).<br />

WS appears as an ideal tool for measuring the synchronization <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> oscillations<br />

upon stimulation. In this context, synchronization means that the group <strong>of</strong> cells<br />

involved in the generation <strong>of</strong> the response react to the stimulation tuned in <strong>frequency</strong>.<br />

That means, they produce a narrow b<strong>and</strong> in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain <strong>and</strong> consequently<br />

they are correlated with a decrease in the entropy. Basar (1980) already mentioned<br />

the importance <strong>of</strong> the entropy for underst<strong>and</strong>ing the relation between the pre-stimulus<br />

ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> the event-related responses by making an analogy with the concept<br />

97


<strong>of</strong> magnetization in physics.<br />

WS is a natural measure <strong>of</strong> the resonance phenomena (see section x1.3). Resonance is<br />

related with a decrease <strong>of</strong> entropy, since only some <strong>of</strong> the spontaneous oscillations <strong>of</strong> the<br />

ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> will be enhanced, thus giving a more ordered <strong>frequency</strong> distribution than<br />

the broadb<strong>and</strong> spectrum <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. This relation was showed with the simulations<br />

described in table 1, in whose noisy (broadb<strong>and</strong>) <strong>signals</strong> had higher entropy than the<br />

ones corresponding to ordered (narrowb<strong>and</strong>) behaviors.<br />

Study <strong>of</strong> the P100-N200 complex<br />

In agreement with previous ndings (overview in Regan, 1989), the P100 peak was<br />

best dened in occipital locations. Furthermore, its task independence (at least the one<br />

related with the TARGET stimuli) points towards a relation between this response <strong>and</strong><br />

primary sensory rocessing.<br />

According to the resonance theory, it is very interesting to analyze the <strong>frequency</strong><br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> the dierent evoked peaks in order to underst<strong>and</strong> the response mechanisms<br />

involved in its generation. The distribution <strong>of</strong> energy in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain<br />

showed that the P100-N200 responses corresponded to a wide range <strong>of</strong> frequencies mostly<br />

in the alpha <strong>and</strong> theta b<strong>and</strong>s. These responses did not produce any signicant decreases<br />

<strong>of</strong> entropy compared with the one <strong>of</strong> the normal ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> due to its wide-b<strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong><br />

distribution <strong>of</strong> the involved generators.<br />

The involvement <strong>of</strong> alpha <strong>and</strong> theta oscillation in the generation <strong>of</strong> these peaks was<br />

already described by Stampfer <strong>and</strong> Basar (1985), who obtain a similar result by digitally<br />

ltering auditory evoked potential in humans.<br />

Study <strong>of</strong> the P300 response<br />

According to previous evidence (Regan, 1989 Polich <strong>and</strong> Kok, 1995 Basar-Eroglu et<br />

al., 1992), the P300 positive deection was observed upon TARGET stimuli, best dened<br />

in parietal <strong>and</strong> occipital electrodes at about 500-600 ms. These responses, traditionally<br />

related with a cognitive process, showed a signicant decrease in the WS since they<br />

involved only delta generators. Although the correlation between the P300 <strong>and</strong> the<br />

entropy decreases was clear due to their common appearance only upon TARGET stimuli<br />

<strong>and</strong> their posterior localization, a dierence <strong>of</strong> about 100-200 ms was observed between<br />

them. This is because after the P300 there is a positive slow rebound in the delta range<br />

(see g. 3). Consequently, although the minimum <strong>of</strong> the P300 is at about 400-500 ms,<br />

the P300 complex can be viewed as a delta wave extending up to larger latencies. A<br />

similar observation was made by Stampfer <strong>and</strong> Basar (1985), who after ltering in the<br />

delta b<strong>and</strong> the TARGET stimuli <strong>of</strong> an oddball paradigm in auditory ERP, described<br />

the presence <strong>of</strong> a negative deection at about 600 ms as a continuation <strong>of</strong> the positive<br />

98


P300 deection.<br />

Due to the relation between the P300 <strong>and</strong> the decreases in the entropy, it can be<br />

tentatively assumed that the cognitive (P300) response involves a higher degree <strong>of</strong> order<br />

than the one related with the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> the one related with the P100 response.<br />

From this, we can postulate that the cognitive response is possibly related with a tuning<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> oscillations, thus giving a narrower <strong>frequency</strong> response reected in a low<br />

entropy value. However, this conjecture should be veried with more subjects <strong>and</strong> with<br />

dierent experiments. Furthermore, since in this case the WS was dened from the<br />

mean wavelet coecients (after averaging the coecients <strong>of</strong> the single trials) we can<br />

not discard the possibility <strong>of</strong> other oscillations being present in a non phase-locked way<br />

(therefore their contribution being cancelled when averaging).<br />

The importance <strong>of</strong> delta oscillations in the generation <strong>of</strong> the P300 was reported<br />

in several previous works. Basar-Eroglu et al. (1992) by using an auditory oddball<br />

paradigm in 10 subjects, pointed out the importance <strong>of</strong> delta oscillators in the generation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the P300, suggesting that they are related mainly with decision making <strong>and</strong> matching.<br />

Schurmann et al. (1995), also remarked the importance <strong>of</strong> delta oscillations in the<br />

generation <strong>of</strong> the P300, nding also delta enhancement uponTARGET responses in the<br />

single trials. Furthermore, they obtain better averaged responses by selectively averaging<br />

single trials with an enhanced delta response. A similar result was recently reported by<br />

Demiralp et al. (1999), who after applying a wavelet multirresolution decomposition to<br />

evoked responses, used the delta coecients as discriminators between good <strong>and</strong> bad<br />

single trials.<br />

6.4 Conclusions<br />

Wavelet-entropy proved to be a very useful tool for characterizing the event-related<br />

responses. With this method a new approach to the measure <strong>of</strong> order/noise <strong>of</strong> a system<br />

can be achieved 8 . Up to now, this type <strong>of</strong> descriptions were merely based on Chaos<br />

<strong>analysis</strong>. However, these <strong>methods</strong> have several prerequisites, some <strong>of</strong> them making their<br />

application to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> impossible. One <strong>of</strong> these prerequisites is the<br />

data length. Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> cannot be applied to short data recordings as in the case <strong>of</strong><br />

event-related potentials. In this type <strong>of</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, the dynamics <strong>of</strong> the system is changing<br />

completely in fractions <strong>of</strong> a second duetotheeect<strong>of</strong> the stimulus, <strong>and</strong> then it has no<br />

sense to dene an attractor <strong>and</strong> to calculate parameters as the Correlation Dimension,<br />

8<br />

We should remark that high WS values does not necesarily mean noise since for example chaotic<br />

deterministic systems also have a broadb<strong>and</strong> spectra. However, <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> how the <strong>EEG</strong> gets tuned in<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> after stimulation is directly related with the question <strong>of</strong> the deterministic/r<strong>and</strong>om nature <strong>of</strong><br />

it as it will be further discussed in sec.7.1.3.<br />

99


Lyapunov Exponent or Kolmogorov Entropy from them.<br />

Previous <strong>methods</strong> for measuring the spectral entropy from the Fourier Transform are<br />

also not suitable for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> ERPs. This is because the Fourier Transform requires<br />

stationarity <strong>of</strong> the signal, <strong>and</strong> can not describe the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the frequencies.<br />

In this context, the denition <strong>of</strong> a time-varying entropy allowed the study <strong>of</strong> the time<br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> the \ordering" <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> due to stimulation, thus making possible<br />

the correlation between changes in entropy <strong>of</strong> the signal <strong>and</strong> sensory/cognitive processes<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ERPs.<br />

The information obtained with the Wavelet-Entropy turned out not to be trivially<br />

related with the energy. This means that with this method, new information can be<br />

accessed with a dierent approach than the one obtained by making the traditional<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> amplitude <strong>of</strong> the evoked responses.<br />

WS appears as a natural measure <strong>of</strong> order in <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. This is very interesting<br />

in order to study synchronizations upon dierent stimuli as in the case <strong>of</strong> ERPs. Taking<br />

into account the resonance theory, WS can measure the degree <strong>of</strong> synchronicity <strong>of</strong> the<br />

cell groups involved in the dierent responses.<br />

Further implementations <strong>of</strong> the method are in progress in order to optimize the<br />

results by having more <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s. This would allow a more accurate denition <strong>of</strong><br />

the entropy <strong>and</strong> moreover will allow the denition <strong>of</strong> the entropy for dierent <strong>frequency</strong><br />

b<strong>and</strong>s. However, we would like to remark that in the case <strong>of</strong> ERPs this is not so easy<br />

to achieve since a high time resolution is needed, thus limiting the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution<br />

due to the uncertainty principle.<br />

100


7 General Discussion<br />

In this chapter I will rst discuss how the results described in this thesis are related<br />

with several questions <strong>of</strong> neurophysiology, so far still unresolved with the traditional<br />

approaches. The joining <strong>of</strong> evidence obtained with the described <strong>methods</strong> sheds lighton<br />

these topics <strong>and</strong> allows the conjecture <strong>of</strong> physiological mechanisms. In the second part <strong>of</strong><br />

this chapter I will compare these <strong>methods</strong>, stressing their advantages <strong>and</strong> disadvantages<br />

when applied to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

7.1 Physiological considerations<br />

7.1.1 Dynamics <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures<br />

Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures leads to the general result that during seizures a<br />

transition from a complex system to a simpler one takes place.<br />

On the other h<strong>and</strong>, by using the RIR dened from the Gabor Transform, I showed<br />

<strong>and</strong> quantied a well dened <strong>frequency</strong> behavior during seizures. Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures<br />

were dominated by alpha <strong>and</strong> theta frequencies. Delta oscillations decreased during them<br />

<strong>and</strong> had an abrupt increase correlated with the clonic phase. With Wavelet Packets,<br />

I showed with a better resolution the temporal evolution <strong>of</strong> these <strong>frequency</strong> patterns<br />

<strong>and</strong> it was possible to establish that the low <strong>frequency</strong> activity (3 ; 4Hz) related with<br />

the rhythmic contractions <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase, was in fact originated by the \slowing"<br />

<strong>of</strong> higher frequencies (at least 8 ; 9Hz). Then, during Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures there is<br />

a clear <strong>frequency</strong> dynamics: some seconds after the starting <strong>of</strong> the seizure alpha <strong>and</strong><br />

theta activity dominates, these oscillations later becoming slower <strong>and</strong> when they are<br />

in the limit <strong>of</strong> the delta b<strong>and</strong> (about 3 ; 4Hz) the clonic phase <strong>of</strong> the seizure starts<br />

<strong>and</strong> delta activity has an abrupt increase dominating the <strong>EEG</strong> recording. Moreover,<br />

it is reasonable to conjecture that the violent contractions <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase are the<br />

response to brain oscillations that are generated in higher frequencies, but owing to<br />

the fact that muscles cannot react so fast, muscle activity is then limited to a tonic<br />

contraction (muscular tension) until brain oscillations become slower <strong>and</strong> muscles are<br />

capable <strong>of</strong> contracting in resonance with them.<br />

The <strong>frequency</strong> pattern described is in agreement with studies in animals <strong>and</strong> with<br />

computer simulations. Furthermore, it would be very interesting to investigate possible<br />

causes <strong>of</strong> this behavior. Neuronal fatigue is one <strong>of</strong> the most plausible explanations.<br />

The ring <strong>of</strong> a neuron is produced as a response to excitatory inputs <strong>of</strong> neighboring<br />

neurons. This connection is done mainly by means <strong>of</strong> synaptical processes generated<br />

by neurotransmitters produced in the neurons. During an epileptic seizure there is an<br />

101


abnormal ring <strong>of</strong> the neurons, reected in high amplitude paroxysms as spikes or more<br />

generally in a marked increase <strong>of</strong> the overall amplitude <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. Then, if the neurons<br />

are not capable <strong>of</strong> generating the necessary amount <strong>of</strong> neurotransmitters for sustaining<br />

this uncommon intensive ring, synaptical connections will decrease <strong>and</strong> excitatory input<br />

can not be transmitted. This process, known as neuronal fatigue, produces a change<br />

in the oscillatory behavior <strong>of</strong> cell groups, probably leading to the described \slowing"<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns during Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures. It can be also conjectured that<br />

this <strong>frequency</strong> dynamics is due to a recruitment <strong>of</strong> GABA inhibitory channels, variation<br />

in the neurotransmitter balance, etc. Results in this respect should be validated <strong>and</strong><br />

compared with <strong>analysis</strong> in intracranial recordings.<br />

I also showed with the mean <strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong> frequencies, dened from the<br />

Gabor Transform, the presence <strong>of</strong> a low amplitude but well dened peak in the delta<br />

b<strong>and</strong> (1 ; 3Hz) during a seizure (referred to as a latent pacemaker). Then, based on the<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> dynamics previously described, it is possible to conjecture that oscillations in<br />

the range <strong>of</strong> the alpha or theta b<strong>and</strong> characteristic <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures, once they start<br />

to oscillate in the range <strong>of</strong> the delta b<strong>and</strong> (after the \slowing" process), they provoke<br />

an abrupt increase <strong>of</strong> the delta activity duetoaresonance phenomenon with the latent<br />

delta pacemaker. This resonance <strong>and</strong> massive synchronization would be responsible <strong>of</strong><br />

the starting <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase <strong>of</strong> the seizure.<br />

7.1.2 Event-related responses<br />

Alpha responses to visual event-related potentials were studied with the Wavelet Transform.<br />

Since the sources <strong>and</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> alpha oscillations are still subject to discussion,<br />

the aim <strong>of</strong> this approach was to obtain more information about this topic by using a<br />

new <strong>and</strong> powerful method, namely wavelets. In this context, I showed that stimulation<br />

leads to alpha enhancements visualized upon all electrodes with some signicant delays<br />

between the anterior <strong>and</strong> posterior locations. Enhancements were signicantly higher in<br />

occipital locations, had short latency <strong>and</strong> were statistically independent <strong>of</strong> the stimulus<br />

type (one <strong>of</strong> them requiring a cognitive process), thus pointing towards a relation between<br />

alpha oscillations <strong>and</strong> sensory (i.e. \pre-cognitive") processing. Furthermore, the<br />

delay dierences between responses in dierent electrodes imply that event-related alpha<br />

oscillations have several sources, thus ruling out the hypothesis <strong>of</strong> a unique generator<br />

<strong>and</strong> propagation by volume conduction. It is interesting to remark that the resolution<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform was crucial for achieving statistical signicance <strong>of</strong> the results.<br />

However, it is important tomention that \alpha oscillations" is a concept that include<br />

several type <strong>of</strong> dierent processes <strong>and</strong> the previous interpretation should not be taken<br />

as exclusive or general description <strong>of</strong> them.<br />

102


Wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> was also applied to study the gamma responses to bimodal stimulation<br />

(simultaneous auditory <strong>and</strong> visual stimulation). This <strong>analysis</strong> showed a signicant<br />

enhancement <strong>of</strong> the responses upon bimodal stimulus in comparison with unimodal ones<br />

(auditory <strong>and</strong> visual separately). Then, it was possible to conjecture a relation between<br />

gamma oscillations <strong>and</strong> a fast process responsible <strong>of</strong> carrying the information that the<br />

two sensory perceptions <strong>of</strong> a bimodal stimulation correspond in fact to the same stimulus.<br />

Finally, a very interesting <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the event-related responses was accessed by<br />

the Wavelet-entropy. By seeing the ERP as a synchronization or selective enhancement<br />

<strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> oscillations, the WS appears as a natural method for<br />

obtaining a quantitative measure <strong>of</strong> the ordering <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> spontaneous oscillations<br />

due to stimulation. Following this view, the P300 response, traditionally related with<br />

cognitive processes, seems to be related with a \tuned" response <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> oscillations. On<br />

the other h<strong>and</strong>, P100 responses were related with oscillations not \tuned" in <strong>frequency</strong>,<br />

thus having a wider <strong>frequency</strong> composition.<br />

7.1.3 Are <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> chaos or noise?<br />

First reports <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> on <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> showed convergence <strong>of</strong> the Correlation<br />

Dimension (D 2 ) to small values, thus claiming that <strong>EEG</strong> dynamics correspond to low<br />

dimensional deterministic chaos. After the nding that ltered noise can also have<br />

convergent low dimensional D 2 values, other works stressed the necessity <strong>of</strong> validation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the metric estimates by means <strong>of</strong> surrogates tests. In this direction, it was stated<br />

that the nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> is indistinguishable from noise.<br />

In order to deal with this dispute, in the following I will discuss about noise as<br />

an inherent property <strong>of</strong> the system under study, <strong>and</strong> not about noise produced by the<br />

surrounding or by limitations <strong>of</strong> the measuring systems (ampliers, etc.). In principle<br />

we can state that a system is r<strong>and</strong>om when we cannot predict its outcome, but in fact<br />

the concept <strong>of</strong> noise is an idealization since it depends on our ability for analyzing the<br />

system (I am excluding in this discussion problems related with quantum mechanics<br />

<strong>and</strong> the uncertainty principle). For example, if from the spin, the initial impulse, the<br />

mechanical laws, etc., we can calculate the evolution <strong>of</strong> a coin ipped in the air, then<br />

its outcome will not be r<strong>and</strong>om.<br />

In the past, the dynamics <strong>of</strong> air convections <strong>of</strong> the atmosphere, for example, was considered<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om, until Lorenz (1969) showed that it can be modeled by three dierential<br />

equations, thus being deterministic. Chaos theory has grown very fast, developing new<br />

<strong>methods</strong> that showed how many systems, in former times considered noise, have in fact<br />

a deterministic chaotic nature. One <strong>of</strong> the most used <strong>methods</strong> for distinguishing deter-<br />

103


ministic chaos <strong>and</strong> noise is the D 2 . However, this method was in principle developed for<br />

stationary, noise-free <strong>and</strong> long data sets. Several eorts were made in order to adapt<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> to these requirements with dierent results, among them, singular value<br />

decomposition, alternative phase space reconstructions (multichanneling), ltering, etc.<br />

But, if it is impossible to distinguish <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> from noise with \chaos <strong>methods</strong>", is<br />

it because the <strong>EEG</strong> corresponds to a noisy phenomenon, or is it because the available<br />

<strong>methods</strong> are not suitable for analyzing the nature <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>s? It is like the question<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ipped coin. Is this phenomenon r<strong>and</strong>om, or is it that we don't have the ability,<br />

or a suitable method to study it?<br />

Probably neurophysiological evidence could give more straightforward evidence to<br />

resolve this dispute. In fact, <strong>EEG</strong> alpha oscillations are blockade with eyes opening<br />

external or internal stimulation lead to evoked responses that are reproducible upon<br />

similar conditions pre-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> inuences evoked responses (Basar, 1980) <strong>EEG</strong><br />

activity can be synchronized in sleep or in pathologies as epilepsy. In summary, <strong>EEG</strong><br />

patterns have reproducible clear changes upon dierent conditions.<br />

Since all these experiments point towards a deterministic origin <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, then,<br />

in my opinion, the question about a noisy origin <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s based on results obtained<br />

with <strong>methods</strong> as the D 2 should be restricted to a discussion <strong>of</strong> the possibilities <strong>of</strong> these<br />

<strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> not to a discussion about the nature <strong>of</strong> the signal.<br />

7.2 Comparison <strong>of</strong> the <strong>methods</strong><br />

In principle, there is not a \best method" for quantitative <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. The<br />

selection <strong>of</strong> the adequate method will depend on the type <strong>of</strong> signal to be studied <strong>and</strong> on<br />

the questions expected to be answered.<br />

7.2.1 Fourier Transform vs. Gabor Transform<br />

Fourier Transform gives a representation in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain. This allows the visualization<br />

<strong>of</strong> periodicities that would be dicult to observe from the <strong>EEG</strong>, especially when<br />

several rhythms occur simultaneously. Frequencies are grouped in b<strong>and</strong>s, their total or<br />

relative power <strong>and</strong> their topographical distribution constituting the main quantitative<br />

method <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. This procedure was adapted to several commercial systems<br />

<strong>and</strong> has been used as a diagnostical tool in medical centers. It is important to<br />

remark that the grouping in <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s is not arbitrary because it was shown that<br />

these b<strong>and</strong>s can be related to dierent functions, sources <strong>and</strong> pathologies.<br />

However, Fourier Transform gives no information about the time <strong>of</strong> occurrence <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns. Moreover, transients localized in time in the original signal will<br />

104


aect the whole spectrum <strong>and</strong> for this reason, in order to avoid spurious eects in the<br />

Fourier spectrum, <strong>signals</strong> must be stationary. This is particularly important in the case<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> due to the presence <strong>of</strong> artifacts. Artifacts are alterations (usually <strong>of</strong> high<br />

amplitude) <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> due to causes not related with the brain activity (e.g.<br />

blinking, head movements, etc.) <strong>and</strong> they give spurious eects in the Fourier spectrum<br />

that can lead to misinterpretations. In the case <strong>of</strong> analyzing background <strong>EEG</strong>s, this<br />

is partially resolved by selecting small \artifact free" segments <strong>of</strong> data, later averaging<br />

the spectrum <strong>of</strong> the selected segments. However, this widely used procedure is very<br />

subjective because it requires the decision <strong>of</strong> what should be considered an appropriate<br />

segment to be analyzed (i.e. which segments are representative <strong>of</strong> the whole <strong>EEG</strong>?).<br />

An easy <strong>and</strong> intuitive way to obtain a time evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns is by<br />

making the Fourier spectrum <strong>of</strong> successive segments (\windows") <strong>of</strong> data, then plotting<br />

them as a function <strong>of</strong> time. This procedure is called the Short <strong>Time</strong> Fourier Transform<br />

or Gabor Transform <strong>and</strong> the plots obtained are called spectograms. The problem <strong>of</strong><br />

stationarity ispartially resolved by taking short windows. Spectograms give an elegant<br />

representation <strong>of</strong> the signal <strong>and</strong> they are suitable for visualizing large scale <strong>frequency</strong><br />

variations (i.e. <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> minutes or hours) as for example for studying sleep stages.<br />

However, as I showed in section x3, they are not suitable for analyzing epileptic seizures,<br />

in which the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns change in the order <strong>of</strong> seconds.<br />

In this context, the introduction <strong>of</strong> the b<strong>and</strong> relative intensity ratio (RIR) <strong>and</strong> the<br />

mean <strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong> frequencies, allowed a more detailed study <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong><br />

behavior during Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal epileptic seizures, as already summarized in section x7.1.1.<br />

Furthermore, with these quantitative parameters it was possible to make a statistical<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> behavior in several scalp recorded seizures. Other interesting<br />

point to mention is that although in scalp recordings <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures muscle<br />

activity obscures completely the <strong>EEG</strong>, it was possible to study the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns<br />

by leaving aside the high <strong>frequency</strong> components related with muscle artifacts, thus<br />

obtaining a very interesting quantitative <strong>frequency</strong> pattern that keeps \hidden" with<br />

the traditional <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> recordings.<br />

7.2.2 Gabor Transform vs. Wavelet Transform<br />

Gabor Transform gives an optimal representation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> in the time-<strong>frequency</strong><br />

domain. However, one critical limitation arises when choosing the size <strong>of</strong> the window to<br />

be applied due to the Uncertainty Principle. If the window is too narrow, the <strong>frequency</strong><br />

resolution will be poor, <strong>and</strong> if the window is too wide, the time localization will be<br />

not so precise. In fact, frequencies can not be resolved instantaneously. Then, for slow<br />

processes a wide window will be necessary <strong>and</strong> for data involving fast processes, a narrow<br />

105


window will be more suitable. Due to its xed window size, Gabor Transform is not<br />

optimal for analyzing <strong>signals</strong> having dierent ranges <strong>of</strong> frequencies.<br />

The main advantage <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform is that the size <strong>of</strong> the window isvariable,<br />

being wide when studying low frequencies <strong>and</strong> narrow when studying the high ones.<br />

Then, the time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution is automatically adapted (see appendix xA.3), thus<br />

being an optimal method for analyzing <strong>signals</strong> involving dierent ranges <strong>of</strong> frequencies.<br />

Furthermore, due to their adapted window size, wavelets lacks <strong>of</strong> the requirement <strong>of</strong><br />

stationarity.<br />

Wavelet Transform consists in making a correlation between the original signal <strong>and</strong><br />

scaled versions <strong>of</strong> the same \mother function". This mother function can be chosen<br />

between a wide range <strong>of</strong> options each one having dierent characteristics that can be<br />

more or less appropriate depending on the signal to be analyzed. At this respect, B-<br />

Spline functions were very suitable for analyzing <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> due to their compact<br />

support <strong>and</strong> smoothness.<br />

Successive correlations <strong>of</strong> the signal to be studied with scaled versions <strong>of</strong> the wavelet<br />

function (<strong>and</strong> their complementary function) can be arranged in a hierarchical scheme<br />

allowing the decomposition <strong>of</strong> the signal in dierent scales (<strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s). This<br />

method, the multiresolution decomposition, allowed the study <strong>of</strong> the alpha responses<br />

to visual event-related potentials <strong>and</strong> the study <strong>of</strong> the gamma responses upon bimodal<br />

stimulation.<br />

The time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> wavelets was crucial for making physiological interpretations<br />

<strong>of</strong> the event-related responses (see section x7.1.2) because these results were<br />

based in statistically signicant dierences in the amplitudes <strong>and</strong> time delays <strong>of</strong> the<br />

responses, dierences that in the latter case were in the order <strong>of</strong> 100 ms <strong>and</strong> would have<br />

been very dicult to resolve with other <strong>methods</strong> like the Gabor Transform. Furthermore,<br />

the access to discrete coecients in the case <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform allows a<br />

very easy implementation <strong>of</strong> statistical tests.<br />

As showed with alpha <strong>and</strong> gamma responses to ERPs, with the Wavelet Transform<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> behaviors can be resolved up to fractions <strong>of</strong> a second. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, with<br />

the election <strong>of</strong> an adequate window, Gabor Transform is more suitable for the <strong>analysis</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>signals</strong> with a more limited <strong>frequency</strong> content as shown with Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures, in<br />

which the interesting activity was limited to the lower frequencies <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> (up to<br />

12:5Hz see section x3.4).<br />

Although with Gabor Transform the general characteristics <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> dynamics<br />

during the Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures was already visible (see section x7.1.1), by using an<br />

alternative decomposition <strong>of</strong> the signal based on the Wavelet Transform, the Wavelet<br />

Packets, it was possible to study with a better resolution the evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong><br />

106


peaks.<br />

7.2.3 Wavelet Transform vs. conventional digital ltering<br />

The multiresolution decomposition based on the Wavelet Transform has several advantages<br />

over conventional digital ltering based on the Fourier Transform (ideal lters).<br />

Moreover, due to the fact that the multiresolution decomposition method is implemented<br />

as a ltering scheme, it can be seen as a way to construct lters with an optimal<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution.<br />

An important pointtobementioned is that the multiresolution decomposition has a<br />

powerful mathematical background in fact, it can be seen as a sequence <strong>of</strong> correlations<br />

between the original signal <strong>and</strong> dilatations <strong>and</strong> translations <strong>of</strong> a single \mother function"<br />

(<strong>and</strong> its complementary function, see section x4.2.3). Furthermore, the optimal mother<br />

function to be applied to a certain signal can be chosen based on its mathematical<br />

properties or just based on visual features that can be more or less suitable for the<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> a certain signal (see sec. 4.2.4).<br />

Since wavelets have a varying window size adapted to each <strong>frequency</strong> range, the<br />

\ltering" <strong>of</strong> some <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s does not aect the morphology <strong>of</strong> the others. For<br />

example, it is well known that when ltering with Fourier based lters the high frequencies<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, the morphology <strong>of</strong> the low frequencies is also aected (e.g. in the<br />

case <strong>of</strong> a recording <strong>of</strong> an epileptic seizure, the shape <strong>of</strong> the spikes can be modied, thus<br />

obscuring important details). Moreover, in the case <strong>of</strong> ERPs, the use <strong>of</strong> a method based<br />

in wavelets avoids unwanted eects as \ringing" (i.e. the spurious appearance <strong>of</strong> an<br />

stimulus related amplitude enhancement previous to stimulation). In general, it can be<br />

stated that the Fourier based ltering gives a more smooth signal than the one obtained<br />

by using the multiresolution decomposition due to the nearly optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong><br />

resolution <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform for every scale. In order to exemplify these advantages,<br />

in section 4.5.2 I showed with some selected sweeps how the multiresolution<br />

decomposition implemented with B-Spline functions leads to a better resolution <strong>of</strong> the<br />

event-related responses in comparison with an \ideal lter".<br />

Another interesting point is that the multiresolution decomposition gives discrete<br />

coecients, thus making very easy the design <strong>and</strong> implementation <strong>of</strong> statistical tests.<br />

Similar type <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> are more dicult to implement from digitally ltered <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

In this respect, the straightforward implementation <strong>of</strong> statistical tests plus the high<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> wavelets could be critical for obtaining signicant results<br />

as showed for example in the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> ERPs (see sec. x4.5 <strong>and</strong> x4.6).<br />

107


7.2.4 Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> vs. time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> (Gabor, Wavelets)<br />

Since all the time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> described in this thesis are linear, due to the very<br />

complex non linear nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, a non-linear <strong>analysis</strong> as the one performed<br />

with the <strong>methods</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chaos theory could give new information, an alternative way <strong>of</strong><br />

visualization, or at least a new way <strong>of</strong>quantication. Moreover, Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> can put<br />

constraints to the system, thus helping in making models. It can also give a useful way<br />

<strong>of</strong> data reduction, this for example being very useful for calculating cross-correlations<br />

between dierent <strong>EEG</strong> channels. However, since these <strong>methods</strong> have several prerequisites<br />

such as stationarity, small amount <strong>of</strong> noise, long data recordings, etc., they are very<br />

dicult to implement in the case <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> <strong>and</strong> their results should be taken as<br />

relative values. In this respect, the validity <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> for discriminating between<br />

a r<strong>and</strong>om or deterministic nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> is subject to several criticisms as I<br />

described in section x7.1.3.<br />

Up to now, parameters such as the D 2 , 1 , etc., characterized general properties<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, such as the complexity or chaoticity <strong>of</strong> the brain in dierent states <strong>and</strong><br />

pathologies. However, the conclusions reached with these <strong>methods</strong> are still very vague<br />

in comparison with more precise conjectures about physiological processes accessed with<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>, as described for example in section x7.1.1 in the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

epileptic seizures. In this respect, physiological interpretation from results obtained with<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> is very useful due to the relation <strong>of</strong> dierent brain oscillations<br />

with sources, functions <strong>and</strong> pathologies <strong>of</strong> the brain. Moreover, in many cases results<br />

reported with Chaos <strong>methods</strong> are easily visualized in the <strong>EEG</strong> or with other more simple<br />

<strong>methods</strong>. Then, it is reasonable to check if the results obtained with this approach<br />

are in fact new, by comparing them with traditional <strong>methods</strong> as simple correlations,<br />

Fourier <strong>analysis</strong> or the time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> described in this thesis. Despite all these<br />

diculties, new <strong>methods</strong> based on Chaos theory should be implemented in the <strong>analysis</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, this approach still being very promising for \visualizing" dynamical<br />

properties <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> that keep obscure to the linear <strong>methods</strong>.<br />

7.2.5 Wavelet-entropy vs. <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong><br />

Wavelet-entropy gives new information about <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> in comparison with the one<br />

obtained by using <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> or other st<strong>and</strong>ard <strong>methods</strong>. In fact, I showed<br />

that WS is independent <strong>of</strong> the amplitude or energy <strong>of</strong> the signal. Instead <strong>of</strong> giving an<br />

amplitude measurement, the WS shows how the energy is distributed in the dierent<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s (see section x6.3.2). WS gives a measure <strong>of</strong> the \order" <strong>of</strong> the signal, i.e.<br />

<strong>signals</strong> characterized by narrow peaks in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain are more ordered than<br />

108


the ones having wide peaks (being the limit case a wide b<strong>and</strong> spectrum corresponding<br />

to noise or to a chaotic system). Then, the concept <strong>of</strong> entropy isvery interesting due to<br />

the fact that it can be associated to <strong>frequency</strong> tuning <strong>of</strong> the neuronal groups.<br />

Although in principle the entropy <strong>of</strong> the signal can be visualized from the Fourier<br />

spectrum (i.e. just by looking how narrow or wide are the peaks), the WS allows the<br />

following <strong>of</strong> its time evolution <strong>and</strong> furthermore, gives a reliable way <strong>of</strong> quantication.<br />

Moreover, the advantage <strong>of</strong> dening the measure <strong>of</strong> entropy from the wavelet coecients<br />

<strong>and</strong> not from other alternative time-<strong>frequency</strong> distribution as the Gabor Transform is<br />

that the resolution <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform is crucial for analyzing the evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

fast varying <strong>signals</strong> as in the case <strong>of</strong> event-related potentials.<br />

7.2.6 Wavelet-Entropy vs. Chaos <strong>analysis</strong><br />

As stated in several parts <strong>of</strong> this thesis, ERPs can be considered as a selective enhancement,<br />

synchronization or in another words, an ordering <strong>of</strong> the spontaneous <strong>EEG</strong><br />

oscillations. In this context, Wavelet Entropy appears as a natural <strong>and</strong> optimal method<br />

for measuring this evoked ordering <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

Although using a completely dierent approach, <strong>and</strong> applied to dierenttype<strong>of</strong><strong>EEG</strong><br />

<strong>signals</strong>, Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> was in principle used for answering similar type <strong>of</strong> questions. Parameters<br />

such asD 2 or 1 give a measure <strong>of</strong> the complexity, chaoticity, <strong>and</strong> by extension<br />

give an idea <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> the signal. In this context, converging low values <strong>of</strong> D 2 for<br />

example, were used as a pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> a low dimensional, deterministic, ordered dynamic <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> in several situations. However as I already mentioned, chaos <strong>methods</strong><br />

are very dicult to apply to <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> <strong>and</strong> furthermore, in many cases lead to pitfalls<br />

<strong>and</strong> wrong results.<br />

As discussed in section x7.1.3, it is very dicult to resolve disputes about the<br />

nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> by using these <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> it is more reasonable to consider<br />

other physiological evidence as for example the response <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> to stimulation<br />

(ERP). However, Chaos <strong>methods</strong> are limited to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> long <strong>and</strong> stationary <strong>EEG</strong><br />

recordings, being impossible to implement them to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> fast varying nonstationary<br />

<strong>signals</strong> as ERPs. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, WS is applicable to ERPs <strong>and</strong> appears<br />

as an ideal parameter for obtaining quantitative answers to these type <strong>of</strong> questions. In<br />

particular, I showed in section x6.3.2 that decreases <strong>of</strong> entropy after stimulation were<br />

correlated with an ordering <strong>of</strong> the brain rhythms involved in a cognitive process.<br />

109


Conclusion<br />

In this thesis I showed the application <strong>of</strong> several <strong>methods</strong> to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> dierent<br />

type <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. Due to the high complexity <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s, these <strong>methods</strong> needed<br />

to be adapted or extended. Furthermore, it was possible to compare their abilities<br />

in reaching results that allow interesting physiological interpretations. The <strong>methods</strong><br />

described complement the information obtained by the visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong><br />

carried by trained electroencephalographers <strong>and</strong> furthermore, they give aquantication<br />

that allows the performance <strong>of</strong> statistical <strong>analysis</strong>. Moreover they can give an alternative<br />

way <strong>of</strong> visualization <strong>and</strong> in the best case the access to information that keeps \hidden"<br />

in the visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

In this context, I showed a dynamics <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns during Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal<br />

seizures. Seizures were dominated by alpha <strong>and</strong> theta rhythms, later becoming slower<br />

with the starting <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase. Moreover, Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> showed a transition to<br />

a simpler system during the seizures.<br />

I also showed a distributed origin <strong>of</strong> event-related alpha oscillations, this ones being<br />

related with primary sensory processing. It was possible to conjecture a relation between<br />

gamma oscillations <strong>and</strong> a process responsible <strong>of</strong> carrying out the information that two<br />

sensory perceptions <strong>of</strong> a bimodal stimulation correspond in fact to the same stimulus.<br />

Responses to unexpected (TARGET) stimulation, traditionally related with cognitive<br />

processing, showed a \tuning" in their <strong>frequency</strong> composition in comparison with the<br />

ongoing <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

All these results give a valuable contribution in underst<strong>and</strong>ing the brain dynamics.<br />

However, despite all the advances due to the development <strong>of</strong> new techniques <strong>and</strong> experiments,<br />

is still very little what we know about this topic. The attempts to underst<strong>and</strong><br />

the dynamics <strong>of</strong> the brain by analyzing the <strong>EEG</strong> is like trying to underst<strong>and</strong> the conversations<br />

occurring in a building by analyzing a sound recorded from far away. Dierent<br />

stages <strong>and</strong> apartments are making dierent tasks, <strong>and</strong> we are not able to get inside<br />

<strong>and</strong> see what is going on. The <strong>EEG</strong>, the sound recorded from far away, is still one <strong>of</strong><br />

our main tools to access to one <strong>of</strong> the most unknown <strong>and</strong> complex systems in nature,<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the still elusive \treasures" <strong>of</strong> science. In this context, we must design clever<br />

experiments <strong>and</strong> we are obliged to develop a great variety <strong>of</strong> <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> improve them<br />

up to the limits <strong>of</strong> their abilities in order to learn more about the behavior <strong>of</strong> the brain.<br />

And that is what makes the study <strong>of</strong> the brain so fascinating!<br />

110


A<br />

<strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>and</strong> the Uncertainty<br />

Principle<br />

In this section after the introduction <strong>of</strong> some basic concepts from signal <strong>analysis</strong>, I will<br />

show the pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> the Uncertainty Principle. Then, I will describe its application to the<br />

Fourier, Gabor <strong>and</strong> Wavelet Transform, stressing the advantages <strong>of</strong> each method related<br />

with time-<strong>frequency</strong> localization properties.<br />

A.1 Preliminary concepts<br />

Lets consider a normalized signal x(t) (i.e. x2 (t)dt = 1) with a corresponding<br />

Fourier Transform X(!) 9 . The energy density can be written as jx(t)j 2 in the time<br />

domain or as jX(!)j 2 in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain. Since the total energy or intensity should<br />

be the same in both domains, we have the following relation (Parceval's theorem)<br />

I =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

jx(t)j 2 dt = 1<br />

2<br />

R 1<br />

;1<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

jX(!)j 2 d! (56)<br />

Considering the energy densities per time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong>, the average time can be<br />

dened as:<br />

<strong>and</strong> the average <strong>frequency</strong> as:<br />

=<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

t jx(t)j 2 dt (57)<br />

=<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

! jX(!)j 2 d! (58)<br />

Furthermore, the mean <strong>frequency</strong> can be calculated without the previous computation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Fourier spectrum, just by using the following relation (see demonstration<br />

in Cohen, 1995 pp:11)<br />

=<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

! jX(!)j 2 d! =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

x (t) 1 i<br />

d<br />

x(t) dt (59)<br />

dt<br />

were denotes complex conjugation. From the energy densities we can also dene the<br />

second order moments as:<br />

=<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

t 2 jx(t)j 2 dt (60)<br />

9 for simplicity I will use in this section the angular <strong>frequency</strong> ! =2f<br />

111


Z 1<br />

=<br />

;1<br />

! 2 jX(!)j 2 d! =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

d <br />

2<br />

dt x(t)<br />

dt (61)<br />

where we used eq. 59. Finally, the time localization, or duration, can be dened by<br />

means <strong>of</strong> the st<strong>and</strong>ard deviation as:<br />

2 t =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

<strong>and</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> localization, or b<strong>and</strong>width, as:<br />

2 ! =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

(t; ) 2 jx(t)j 2 dt = ; 2 (62)<br />

(!; ) 2 jX(!)j 2 d! =<br />

A.2 Uncertainty Principle<br />

Theorem<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong><br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

1<br />

<br />

i<br />

<br />

d<br />

dt ; <br />

For a normalized signal x(t), if p tx(t) ! 0 for jtj !1, then<br />

t ! 1 2<br />

or t f 1<br />

4<br />

x(t)<br />

<br />

2<br />

dt (63)<br />

Due to the fact that the mean time <strong>and</strong> the mean <strong>frequency</strong> can be changed by<br />

using a simple transformation (Cohen, 1995), lets assume that = 0 <strong>and</strong> =0.<br />

Then, from eq. 62 <strong>and</strong> eq. 63 we obtain:<br />

<strong>and</strong> therefore<br />

2 ! =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

2 t 2 ! =<br />

2 t =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

! 2 jX(!)j 2 d! =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

t 2 jx(t)j 2 dt <br />

(64)<br />

t 2 jx(t)j 2 dt (65)<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

d <br />

2<br />

dt x(t)<br />

d <br />

2<br />

dt x(t)<br />

From the Schwartz inequality 10 , by taking f = tx <strong>and</strong> g = s 0 we obtain:<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

t 2 jx(t)j 2 dt <br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

<strong>and</strong> resolving the right h<strong>and</strong>integr<strong>and</strong><br />

10 R 1<br />

R<br />

1<br />

;1 jf(x)j2 dx <br />

;1 jg(x)j2 dx <br />

R<br />

1<br />

<br />

d <br />

2<br />

dt x(t)<br />

;1 f (x)g(x) dx<br />

112<br />

dt <br />

2<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

dt (66)<br />

dt (67)<br />

tx(t) d dt x(t) dt <br />

2<br />

(68)


Z 1<br />

;1<br />

tx(t) d dt x(t) dt = 1 2<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

t d dt x2 (t) dt = tx2 (t)<br />

2<br />

<br />

+1<br />

;1<br />

; 1 2<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

x 2 (t) dt = ; 1 2<br />

replacing in eq. 68 <strong>and</strong> then in eq. 67, the uncertainty principle is proved.<br />

A.3 <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Fourier, Gabor <strong>and</strong> Wavelet<br />

Transform<br />

Fourier Transform is based in making a correlation between the original signal <strong>and</strong><br />

complex sinusoidal functions (see eq. 3). Since the Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> these functions<br />

is:<br />

x(t) =e i! 0t<br />

! X(!) =2 (! ; ! 0 ) (69)<br />

then, the sinusoidal \mother functions" <strong>of</strong> the Fourier Transform are perfectly localized<br />

in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain. However, they are not localized in time.<br />

As stated in sec. x3.2, Gabor Transform consist in making a correlation between<br />

the signal <strong>and</strong> amplitude modulated complex sinusoids, by using a windowing function.<br />

Gabor (1946) suggested the use <strong>of</strong> a Gaussian function as window due to its simultaneous<br />

localization in time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> domains. In fact, the Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> a Gaussian<br />

function is also a Gaussian:<br />

r <br />

<br />

x(t) =g (t) =e ;t2 ! X(!) =<br />

e<br />

; !2<br />

4<br />

<br />

(70)<br />

Moreover, for a Gaussian function the inequality 68isanequality <strong>and</strong> ! t = 1 2 ,thus<br />

having Gaussian functions the best time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution allowed by the uncertainty<br />

principle. In the case <strong>of</strong> the mother functions <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform, i.e. g e ;i!t<br />

where g is the Gaussian windowing function, the equality in eq. 68 also holds, thus<br />

having an optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution.<br />

The <strong>frequency</strong> resolution (b<strong>and</strong>width) <strong>of</strong> a normalized Gaussian function can be<br />

calculated by using eq. 63:<br />

2 ! = 2<br />

(71)<br />

<strong>and</strong> in the case <strong>of</strong> the functions <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform, g e ;i!t , by applying eq. 59<br />

<strong>and</strong> eq. 63 we obtain for one <strong>of</strong> these mother functions (! = ! 0 ) the same b<strong>and</strong>width<br />

but localized in the <strong>frequency</strong> ! 0 , i.e.:<br />

113


Figure 36: <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform.<br />

= ! 0 2 ! = 2<br />

(72)<br />

Then, in the case <strong>of</strong> Gabor Transform, the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution depends on the window<br />

wide, corresponding to small values <strong>of</strong> (wide windows see eq. 16) a better <strong>frequency</strong><br />

resolution (but a worst time resolution see also discussion <strong>of</strong> the window sizein<br />

sec. x3.2).<br />

analyzing<br />

The area determined by the <strong>frequency</strong> window multiplied by the time window is<br />

called time-<strong>frequency</strong> window. Plotting <strong>of</strong> the time-<strong>frequency</strong> window is an easy way<br />

to visualize the time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution: its wide represents the time resolution, its<br />

height represents the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>and</strong> its area represents the time-<strong>frequency</strong><br />

resolution, this last one having alower bound determined by the uncertainty principle.<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform, once the window is xed, the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution<br />

is the same for all the frequencies (<strong>and</strong> therefore the time resolution too see g. 36).<br />

Then, for low <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, a wide window will be suitable <strong>and</strong> in the case <strong>of</strong> high<br />

frequencies, a narrow window will do the job. However, due to its xed window size,<br />

Gabor Transform is not suitable for analyzing <strong>signals</strong> with dierent ranges <strong>of</strong> frequencies.<br />

On the other h<strong>and</strong>, in the case <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform, the size <strong>of</strong> the window is<br />

adapted, thus giving an optimal resolution for all frequencies (see g. 37).<br />

The Wavelet Transform consists in making a correlation between the original signal<br />

114


Figure 37: <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform.<br />

<strong>and</strong> dilatations (contractions) <strong>of</strong> the same mother function (t)<br />

t ; b<br />

ab(t) = jaj ;1=2<br />

a<br />

were a denotes the dierent scales <strong>of</strong> dilatation (contraction) <strong>and</strong> b denotes the time<br />

localization <strong>of</strong> the mother function. Let us denote by ~! <strong>and</strong> by ! the mean <strong>frequency</strong><br />

<strong>and</strong> the b<strong>and</strong>width <strong>of</strong> the mother function (t) <strong>and</strong> by ~!(a) <strong>and</strong> ! (a) the ones <strong>of</strong> the<br />

scaled functions. Then, by applying eq. 59 <strong>and</strong> eq. 63 we obtain:<br />

(73)<br />

~!(a) = ~! a<br />

2 !(a) = 1 a 2 2 ! (74)<br />

Then, equation 74 shows the main feature <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform. Wavelets provide<br />

a time-<strong>frequency</strong> window which automatically narrows when studying high frequencies<br />

<strong>and</strong> widens when analyzing low frequencies, but always keeping the area <strong>of</strong> the time<strong>frequency</strong><br />

window constant, as shown in g. 37.<br />

115


116


References<br />

Abarbanel HDI, Brown R, Sidorowich JJ <strong>and</strong> Tsimring LS. Rev. Mod. Phys. 65, 1331, 1993.<br />

Abraham R <strong>and</strong> Shaw C. Dynamics - The geometry <strong>of</strong> behavior. Part 2: Chaotic behavior. Aerial<br />

Press, California, 1983<br />

Achermann P, Hartmann R, Gunzinger A, Guggenbuhl W <strong>and</strong> Borbely A. All night sleep <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

articial stochastic control <strong>signals</strong> have similar correlation dimensions. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol.,<br />

1994a 90: 384-387.<br />

Achermann P, Hartmann R, Gunzinger A, Guggenbuhl W <strong>and</strong> Borbely A. Correlation dimension <strong>of</strong> the<br />

human sleep electroencephalogram: cyclic changes in the course <strong>of</strong> the night. Eur. J. Neurosc. 1994b<br />

6: 497-500.<br />

Ademoglu A, Micheli-Tzanakou E <strong>and</strong> Istefanopulos Y. Analysis <strong>of</strong> pattern reversal visual evoked<br />

potentials by spline wavelets. IEEE Trans.Biom.Eng., 1997 44:881-890<br />

Adrian ED. Aerent discharges to the cerebral cortex from peripheral sense organs. JPhysiol, 1941,<br />

100:159-191.<br />

Akay M, Akay YM, Cheng P <strong>and</strong> Szeto HH. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the electrocortical activity<br />

during maturation using wavelet transform. Biol. Cybern., 1994 71: 169-176.<br />

Albano, M., Muench, J., Schwartz, C., Mees, A., <strong>and</strong> Rapp, P., Singular Value Descomposition <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Grassberger-Procaccia Algorithm. Phys. Rev. A, 38, 0, 1988.<br />

Andersen P, Andersson SA. Physiological Basis <strong>of</strong> the Alpha Rhythm. New York: Appleton-Century-<br />

Cr<strong>of</strong>ts, 1968.<br />

Arnhold J, Grassberger P, Lehnertz K <strong>and</strong> Elger C. A robust method for detecting interdependencies:<br />

Application intracranially recorded <strong>EEG</strong>. Physica D, 1999 (in press).<br />

Arroyo S,Lesser R, Gordon B, Fisher R <strong>and</strong> Uematsu S. Subdural electrodes. In: Niedermeyer, E.,<br />

<strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva (eds). Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong><br />

Related Fields. Baltimore: Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993, pp: 701-711.<br />

Babloyantz A, Salazar JM <strong>and</strong> Nicolis C. Evidence <strong>of</strong> chaotic dynamics <strong>of</strong> brain activity during the<br />

sleep cycle. Phys. Lett. 3:152-156 1985<br />

Babloyantz A. Evidence <strong>of</strong> chaotic dynamics <strong>of</strong> brain activity during the sleep cycle. In: GMeyer-Kress<br />

(Ed.), Dimesions <strong>and</strong> entropies in chaotic systems. Springer, Berlin, 1986, pp:241-245.<br />

Babloyantz A <strong>and</strong> Destexhe A. Low-dimensional chaos in an instance <strong>of</strong> epilepsy. Proc. Natl. Acad.<br />

Sci. 83: 3513-3517 1986.<br />

Babloyantz A. Chaotic Dynamics in Brain Activity. In: Erol Basar (ed.) Dynamics <strong>of</strong> Sensory <strong>and</strong><br />

Cognitive Processing by the Brain. Springer Verlag, Berlin 1988.<br />

Bal T, Von Krosigk M <strong>and</strong> McCormick D. Synaptic <strong>and</strong> membrane mechanisms underlying synchronized<br />

oscillations in the ferret LGNd in vitro. J. Physiol. Lond. 1995a, 483:641-663.<br />

Bal T, Von Krosigk M <strong>and</strong> McCormick D. Role <strong>of</strong> the ferret perigeniculate nucleus in the generation<br />

<strong>of</strong> synchronized oscillations in vitro. J. Physiol. Lond. 1995b, 483:665-685.<br />

117


Bartnik EA, Blinowska KJ <strong>and</strong> Durka PJ.Singleevoked potential reconstruction by means <strong>of</strong> wavelet<br />

transform. Biol. Cybern., 1992 67: 175-181<br />

Basar E. <strong>EEG</strong>-Brain dynamics. Relation between <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> brain evoked potentials. Amsterdam:<br />

Elsevier, 1980.<br />

Basar E <strong>and</strong> Stampfer H. Important associations among <strong>EEG</strong>-dynamics, event-related potentaials,<br />

short-term memory <strong>and</strong> learning. Int. J. Neurosc., 1985 26: 161-180<br />

Basar E. <strong>and</strong> Bullock T (Eds.). Brain dynamics. Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1989.<br />

Basar E (Ed). Chaos in Brain Function, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1990.<br />

Basar E, Basar-Eroglu C, Parnefjord R, Rahn E, Schurmann M. Evoked potentials: ensembles <strong>of</strong> brain<br />

induced rhythmicities in the alpha, theta <strong>and</strong> gamma ranges. In: Basar, E, Bullock TH, eds. Induced<br />

rhythms in the brain. Boston: Birkhuser, 1992.<br />

Basar E <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Alpha rhythms in the brain: functional correlates. News Physiol Sci, 1996<br />

11: 90-96<br />

Basar E, Schurmann M, Basar-Eroglu C <strong>and</strong> Karacas S. Alpha Oscillations in brain Functioning: an<br />

Integrative Theory. In Brain Alpha Activity - New aspects <strong>and</strong> Functional Correlates. E Basar, R<br />

Hari, FH Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong>MSchurmann (eds.). Int. J. Psychophysiology, special issue, 1997 26:<br />

5-29.<br />

Basar E <strong>and</strong> Quian Quiroga R. Chaos in brain function. In: Brain Oscillations: Principles <strong>and</strong> approaches<br />

by E.Basar. Springer Verlag, 1998.<br />

Basar E, Rahn E, Demiralp T <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Spontaneous <strong>EEG</strong> theta activity controls frontal<br />

visual evoked potential amplitudes. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1998 108: 101-109.<br />

Basar E. Brain function <strong>and</strong> oscillations. Volume I: Brain oscillations: principles <strong>and</strong> approaches.<br />

Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer, 1998.<br />

Basar E. Brain function <strong>and</strong> oscillations. Volume II: Integrative brain function: Neurophysiology <strong>and</strong><br />

cognitive processes. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer, 1999.<br />

Basar E, Demiralp T, Schurmann M, Basar-Eroglu C <strong>and</strong> Ademoglu A. Oscillatory brain dynamics,<br />

wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>and</strong> cognition. Brain <strong>and</strong> language, 1999 66: 146-183.<br />

Basar-Eroglu C, Basar E <strong>and</strong> Schmielau F. P300 in freely moving cats with intracranial electrodes. Int.<br />

J. Neuroscience, 1991 60: 215-226.<br />

Basar-Eroglu C, Basar E, Demiralp T <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. P300-response: posible psychophysiological<br />

correlates in delta <strong>and</strong> theta <strong>frequency</strong> channels. A review. Int. J. Psychophysiology, 1992 13: 161-179.<br />

Basar-Eroglu C, Kolev V, Ritter B, Aksu F <strong>and</strong> Basar E. <strong>EEG</strong>, auditory evoked potentials <strong>and</strong> evoked<br />

rhythmicities in three-year-old children. Int. J. Neurosci, 1994 75: 239-255.<br />

Basar-Eroglu C, Struber D, Schurmann M, Stadler M <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Gamma-b<strong>and</strong> responses in the brain:<br />

a short review <strong>of</strong> psychophysiological correlates <strong>and</strong> functional signicance. Int. J. Psychophysiology,<br />

1996a 24: 101-112.<br />

Basar-Eroglu C, Struber D, Kruse P,Basar E <strong>and</strong> Stadler M. Frontal gamma-b<strong>and</strong> enhancement during<br />

multistable visual perception. Int. J. Psychophysiology, 1996b 24: 113-126.<br />

118


Berger, H. Uber das Elektrenkephalogramm des Menschen. Arch. Psychiat. Nervenkr. 1929 87:527-<br />

570.<br />

Bertr<strong>and</strong> O, Bohorquez J <strong>and</strong> Pernier J. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> digital ltering based on an invertible wavelet<br />

transform: an application to evoked potentials. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng., 1994 41: 77-88.<br />

Besthorn C, Sattel H, Geiger-Kabisch C, Zerfass R <strong>and</strong> Forstl H. Parameters <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> dimensional<br />

complexity in Alzheimer's disease. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1995 95: 84-89.<br />

Blanco S, Garca H, Quian Quiroga R, Romanelli L <strong>and</strong> Rosso OA. Stationarity <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> series.<br />

IEEE Eng. Med. Biol., 1995a, 14: 395-399.<br />

Blanco S, Quian Quiroga R, Rosso OA <strong>and</strong> Kochen S. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> electroencephalogram<br />

series. Phys. Rev. E, 1995b, 51 (3): 2624-2631.<br />

Blanco S, Kochen S, Quian Quiroga R, Riquelme L, Rosso OA <strong>and</strong> Salgado P. Characterization <strong>of</strong><br />

epileptic <strong>EEG</strong> time series (I): Gabor transform <strong>and</strong> nonlinear dynamic <strong>methods</strong>. In: E M Fern<strong>and</strong>ez<br />

Verdaguer <strong>and</strong> C AD'Attellis (Eds.), Wavelet theory <strong>and</strong> harmonic <strong>analysis</strong> in applied sciences.<br />

Birkhuser, 1996a.<br />

Blanco S, D'Atellis, Isaacson, Rosso OA, Sirne RO. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> electroencephalogram<br />

series (II): Gabor <strong>and</strong> Wavelet Transform. Phys. Rev. E, 1996b, 54 (6): 6661-6672.<br />

Blanco S, Kochen S, Rosso OA <strong>and</strong> Salgado P. Applying time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> to seizure <strong>EEG</strong> activity.<br />

A method to help to identify the source <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures. IEEE Eng. Med. Biol., 1997, 16: 64-71.<br />

Blanco S, Figliola A, Quian Quiroga R, Rosso OA <strong>and</strong> Serrano E. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> electroencephalogram<br />

series III: information transfer function <strong>and</strong> wavelets packets. Phys. Rev. E, 57(1):932-<br />

940 1998a.<br />

Blanco S, Creso J, Figliola A, Quian Quiroga R <strong>and</strong> Rosso OA. Nonlinear Dynamical Analysis <strong>of</strong> Scalp<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> Epileptic Series. In: Instabilities <strong>and</strong> Non-Equilibrium Structures VI. E Tirapegui <strong>and</strong> J Martinez<br />

(eds.). Kluwer Academic Press 1998b.<br />

Brazier MAB. Spread <strong>of</strong> seizure discharges in epilepsy: anatomical <strong>and</strong> electrophysiological considerations.<br />

Exp. Neurol., 1972 36:263-272.<br />

Broomhead, D. <strong>and</strong> King, G. Physica D, 20:217 1986.<br />

Bullock TH<strong>and</strong> McClune MC. Lateral coherence <strong>of</strong> the electrocorticogram: anewmeasure <strong>of</strong> brain<br />

synchrony. Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol 1989 73:479-498.<br />

Bullock TH, McClune MC, Achimowicy JZ, Iragui-Madoz VJ, Duckrow RB <strong>and</strong> Spencer SS. Temporal<br />

uctuations in coherence <strong>of</strong> brain waves. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1995a 92:11568-11572.<br />

Bullock TH, McClune MC, Achimowicy JZ, Iragui-Madoz VJ, Duckrow RB <strong>and</strong> Spencer SS. <strong>EEG</strong><br />

coherence has structure in the millimeter domain: subdural <strong>and</strong> hippocampal recordings from epileptic<br />

patients. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1995b 95:161-177.<br />

Chui C. An introduction to wavelets. Academic Press, San Diego, 1992.<br />

Clark I, Biscay R,Echeverria M <strong>and</strong> Virues T. Multiresolution decomposition <strong>of</strong> non-stationary <strong>EEG</strong><br />

<strong>signals</strong>: a preliminary study. Compt. Biol. Med. 1995, 25: 373-382.<br />

Cohen L. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>. Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1995.<br />

119


Cooley WJ <strong>and</strong> Tukey JW. An algorithm for the machine calculation <strong>of</strong> complex Fourier series. Math.<br />

Comput., 1965, 19: 297-301.<br />

Crepeau JC <strong>and</strong> King Isaacson L. On the spectral entropy behavior <strong>of</strong> self-organizing processes. J.<br />

Non-equilib. Thermodyn., 1990 15: 115-126.<br />

Darcey T M <strong>and</strong> Williamson P D. Spatio-temporal <strong>EEG</strong> measures <strong>and</strong> their application to human<br />

intracranially recorded epileptic seizures. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1985, 61 (6): 573-587.<br />

Demiralp T <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Theta rhythmicities following expected visual <strong>and</strong> auditory targets. Int. J.<br />

Psychophysiology, 1992 13: 147-160.<br />

Demiralp T, Ademoglu A, Schurmann M, Basar-Eroglu C <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Detection <strong>of</strong> P300 waves in<br />

single trials by thewavelet transform. Brain <strong>and</strong> language, 1999 66: 108-128.<br />

Duy FH, Burchel JL <strong>and</strong> Lombroso CT. Brain electrical activity mapping (BEAM): a method for<br />

extending the clinical utility <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> evoked potential data. Ann. Neurol., 1979 5: 309-321.<br />

Duy FH. Tophographic mapping <strong>of</strong> brain electrical activity. London: Butterworths 1986.<br />

Dumermuth G <strong>and</strong> Molinari L. Spectral <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> background activity. In: A. Gevins <strong>and</strong> A.<br />

Remond (Eds.), H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong> electroencephalography <strong>and</strong> clinical neurophysiology, Vol. I: Methods <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain electrical <strong>and</strong> magnetic <strong>signals</strong>. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1987, pp: 85-130.<br />

Eckhorn R, Bauer R, Jordan W, Brosch M, Kruse W, Munk M <strong>and</strong> Reitboeck H. Coherent oscillations:<br />

A mechanism <strong>of</strong> feature linking in the visual cortex? Biol. Cybern., 60: 121-130, 1988.<br />

Eckman, J., Kamphort, S., Ruelle, D. Recurrence Plots <strong>of</strong> Dinamical Sistems. Europhys. Lett. 1987<br />

4: 973-977.<br />

Elbert T, Ray W,Kowalik Z, Skinner J, Graf K <strong>and</strong> Birmbaumer N. Chaos <strong>and</strong> physiology: deterministic<br />

chaos in excitable cell assemblies. Phys. Rev., 1994 74: 1-47.<br />

Feynman R, Leighton R <strong>and</strong> S<strong>and</strong>s M. The Feynman lectures on physics. Addison-Wesley, Reading,<br />

MA, 1964.<br />

Feynman R. Feynman lectures on computation. A Hey <strong>and</strong> R Allen (eds.). Addison-Wesley, Reading,<br />

MA, 1996.<br />

Frank GW, Lookman T, Nerenberg MAH <strong>and</strong> Essex C. Chaotic <strong>Time</strong> Series Analysis <strong>of</strong> Epileptic<br />

Seizures. Physica D, 46: 427-438 1990.<br />

Gabor D. Theory <strong>of</strong> communication. J. Inst. Elec. Eng., 1946, 93: 429-459.<br />

Galambos R. A comparison <strong>of</strong> certain gamma b<strong>and</strong> (40-Hz) brain rhythms in cat <strong>and</strong> man. In: Basar<br />

E, Bullock TH (eds.) Induced Rhythms in the Brain. Boston Basel Berlin: Birkhuser, 1992.<br />

Gallez D <strong>and</strong> Babloyantz A. Predictability <strong>of</strong>human <strong>EEG</strong>: a dynamical approach. Biol. Cybern. 64:<br />

381-391 1991.<br />

Garca H <strong>and</strong> Quian Quiroga R. La utilidad del <strong>EEG</strong> cuanticado en Neurosiologia Clinica. Archivos<br />

de Neurologia, Neurocirugia y Neuropsiquiatria, 1998 2: 34-43.<br />

Gasser T. <strong>EEG</strong> Informatics: a Didactic Review <strong>of</strong> Methods <strong>and</strong> Applications <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> Data Processing,<br />

A. Remond (Eds), Elsevier, New York, pp 37-55, 1977.<br />

120


Gastaut H <strong>and</strong> Broughton R. Epileptic seizures. Charles C. Thomas, Springeld IL, 1972.<br />

Gersch W<strong>and</strong> Goddard GV. Epileptic focus location: spectral <strong>analysis</strong> method. Science 1970, 169:<br />

701-702.<br />

Gevins AS. Overview <strong>of</strong> computer <strong>analysis</strong>. In: A. Gevins <strong>and</strong> A. Remond (Eds.), H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong><br />

electroencephalography <strong>and</strong> clinical neurophysiology, Vol. I: Methods <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain electrical <strong>and</strong><br />

magnetic <strong>signals</strong>. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1987, pp: 31-83.<br />

Golomb D,Wang XJ <strong>and</strong> Rinzel J. Propagation <strong>of</strong> spindle waves in a Thalamic Slice model. Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology 1996, 75: 750-769.<br />

Gotman J, Ives JR <strong>and</strong> Gloor P. Frequency content <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> EMG at seizure onset: possibility <strong>of</strong><br />

removal <strong>of</strong> EMG artefact by digital ltering. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1981, 52(6): 626-639.<br />

Gotman J. Measurement <strong>of</strong> small time dierences between <strong>EEG</strong> channels: method <strong>and</strong> application to<br />

epileptic seizure propagation. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1983 56:501-514.<br />

Gotman J, Ives JR, Gloor P. Long-term monitoring in epilepsy. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol. Suppl. 37,<br />

1985.<br />

Gotman J. Interhemispheric interactions in seizures <strong>of</strong> focal onset: data from human intracranial recordings.<br />

Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol 1987 67:120-133.<br />

Gotman J. The use <strong>of</strong> computers in <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>and</strong> display <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> evoked potentials. In: D. D. Daly<br />

<strong>and</strong>T.A.Pedley (eds.), Current practice <strong>of</strong> clinical electroencephalography. Raven Press Ltd., New<br />

York, 2nd ed., 1990a, pp: 51-83.<br />

Gotman J. Automatic seizures detection: improvements <strong>and</strong> evaluation. Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol.<br />

1990b 54: 530-540<br />

Grassberger, P. <strong>and</strong> Procaccia, I. Physica D, 9:189 1983.<br />

Gray C <strong>and</strong> Singer W. Stimulus-specic neuronal oscillations in orientation columns <strong>of</strong> cat visual cortex.<br />

Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989 86: 1698-1702.<br />

Gray C, Konig P, Engel A <strong>and</strong> Singer W. Oscillatory responses in cat visual cortex exhibit intercolumnar<br />

synchronization which reects global stimulus properties. Nature, 338: 335-337, 1989.<br />

Grossmann <strong>and</strong> Morlet. Decomposition <strong>of</strong> Hardy Functions into square integrable wavelets <strong>of</strong> constant<br />

shape. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 1984 15: 723-736.<br />

Iasemidis L, Sackellares J, Zaveri H <strong>and</strong> Williams W. Phase space topography <strong>and</strong> the Lyapunov<br />

exponent <strong>of</strong> electrocorticograms in partial seizures. Brain Topography, 1990 2: 187-201.<br />

Iasemidis LD <strong>and</strong> Sackellares JC. The evolution with time <strong>of</strong> the spatial distribution <strong>of</strong> the largest<br />

Lyapunov exponent on the human epileptic cortex. in: DW Duke <strong>and</strong> WS Pritchard (eds) Measuring<br />

Chaos in the Human Brain. World Scientic, Singapore, 1991 pp: 49-82<br />

Inouye T, Shinosaki K, Sakamoto H, Toi S, Ukai S, Iyama A, Katzuda Y <strong>and</strong> Hirano M. Quantication<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> irregularity by use <strong>of</strong> the entropy <strong>of</strong>thepower spectrum. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1991<br />

79: 204-210.<br />

Inouye T, Shinosaki K, Iyama A <strong>and</strong> Matzumoto Y. Localization <strong>of</strong> activated areas <strong>and</strong> directional<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> patterns during mental arithmetic. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1993 86: 224-230.<br />

121


Jansen BH. <strong>Quantitative</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> electroencephalograms: is there chaos in the future?. Int. J.<br />

Biomed. Comput., 27: 95-123 1991.<br />

Jelles B, Achtereekte H, Slaets J <strong>and</strong> Stam C. Specic patterns <strong>of</strong> cortical dysfunction in dementia <strong>and</strong><br />

Parkinson's disease demostrated by the acceleration spectrum entropy <strong>of</strong>the <strong>EEG</strong>. Clin. Electroencephalogr.,<br />

1995 26: 188-192.<br />

Jenkins GM <strong>and</strong> D. Watts D: Spectral Analysis <strong>and</strong> its Applications, Holden-Day, SanFrancisco, 1968.<br />

John ER, Harmony T<strong>and</strong>Valdes-Sosa P. The use <strong>of</strong> statistics in electrophysiology. In: A. Gevins <strong>and</strong><br />

A. Remond (Eds.), H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong> electroencephalography <strong>and</strong> clinical neurophysiology, Vol. I: Methods<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain electrical <strong>and</strong> magnetic <strong>signals</strong>. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1987, pp: 497-540.<br />

Kaiser G. A friendly guide to wavelets. Birkhauser, Boston 1994.<br />

Kaplan PW, Lesser RP. Long-term monitoring. In: Daly DD, Pedley TA, eds. Current practice <strong>of</strong><br />

clinical electroencephalography. 2nd edition. New York: Raven Press, 1990: 513-534.<br />

Kennel M. B., Brawn R. <strong>and</strong> Abarbanel H. D. I. Determining embedding dimension for phase-space<br />

reconstruction using a geometrical construction. Phys. Rev. A 45: 3403-3411 1992.<br />

Klimesch W. <strong>EEG</strong>-alpha rhythms <strong>and</strong> memory processes. In Brain Alpha Activity - New aspects<br />

<strong>and</strong> Functional Correlates. E Basar, R Hari, FH Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong> M Schurmann (eds.). Int. J.<br />

Psychophysiology, special issue, 1997 26: 319-340<br />

Kolev V <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Event-related prolongation <strong>of</strong> induced <strong>EEG</strong> rhythmicities in experiments<br />

with a cognitive task.Int. J. Neurosci, 1992 67: 199-213.<br />

Kolev V, Basar-Eroglu C, Aksu F <strong>and</strong> Basar E. <strong>EEG</strong> rhythmicities evoked by visual stimuli in threeyear-old<br />

children. Int. J. Neurosci., 1994 75: 257-270.<br />

Kolev V, Demiralp T, Yordanova J, Ademoglu A <strong>and</strong> Isoglu Alkac U. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> reveals<br />

multiple functional components during oddball P300. Neuroreport 1997, 8: 2061-5.<br />

Krystal AD <strong>and</strong> Weiner RD. The largest Lyapunov exponent <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> in ECT seizures. in: DW<br />

Duke <strong>and</strong> WS Pritchard (eds) Measuring Chaos in the Human Brain. World Scientic, Singapore, 1991<br />

pp: 113-127<br />

Lehmann D. Multichannel topography <strong>of</strong>human alpha <strong>EEG</strong> elds. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol 1971<br />

31:439-449.<br />

Lehmann D. Principles <strong>of</strong> spatial <strong>analysis</strong>. In: A. Gevins <strong>and</strong> A. Remond (Eds.), H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong> electroencephalography<br />

<strong>and</strong>clinical neurophysiology, Vol. I: Methods <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain electrical <strong>and</strong><br />

magnetic <strong>signals</strong>. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1987, pp: 309-354.<br />

Lehmann D <strong>and</strong> Koenig T. Spatio-temporal dynamics <strong>of</strong> alpha brain electric elds, <strong>and</strong> cognitive modes.<br />

In Brain Alpha Activity - New aspects <strong>and</strong> Functional Correlates. EBasar, R Hari, FH Lopes da Silva<br />

<strong>and</strong> M Schurmann (eds.). Int. J. Psychophysiology, special issue, 1997 26: 99-112.<br />

Lehnertz K <strong>and</strong> Elger C. Spatio-temporal dynamics <strong>of</strong> the primary epileptogenic area in temporal lobe<br />

epilepsy characterized by neuronal complexity loss.Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1995 95: 108-117.<br />

Lehnertz K <strong>and</strong> Elger C. Can epileptic seizures be predicted? Evidence from nonlinear time series<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain electrical activity. Phys. Rev. Lett., 1998 80: 5019-5022.<br />

122


Lopes da Silva FH, van Lierop THMT, Schrijer CF, Storm van Leeuwen W. Organization <strong>of</strong> thalamic<br />

<strong>and</strong> cortical alpha rhythms: spectra <strong>and</strong> coherences. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1973a 35: 626-639.<br />

Lopes da Silva FH, van Lierop THMT, Schrijer CF, Storm van Leeuwen W. Essential dierences<br />

between alpha rhythms <strong>and</strong> barbiturate spindles: spectra <strong>and</strong> thalamo-cortical coherences. Electr.<br />

Clin. Neurophysiol., 1973b 35: 641-645.<br />

Lopes da Silva FH, Storm van Leeuwen W. The cortical source <strong>of</strong> the alpha rhythm. Neurosci. Lett.,<br />

1977 6: 237-241.<br />

Lopes da Silva FH. Neural mechanisms underlying brain waves: From neural membranes to networks.<br />

Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol 1991, 79: 81-93.<br />

Lopes da Silva F H. <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>: theory <strong>and</strong> practice. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva<br />

(Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore:<br />

Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993a, pp: 1097-1123.<br />

Lopes da Silva F H. Computer-assisted <strong>EEG</strong> diagnosis: Pattern recognition <strong>and</strong> brain mapping. In:<br />

E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva (Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical<br />

Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore: Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993b, pp: 1063-1086.<br />

Lorenz E. Atmospheric predictability as revealed by naturally occurring analogies. J. Atmos. Sci.,<br />

1969 26: 636.<br />

Lutzenberger W, Preissl H <strong>and</strong> Pulvermuller F. Fractal dimension <strong>of</strong> electroencephalographic time series<br />

<strong>and</strong> underlying brain processes. Biol. Cybern., 1995 73: 477-482.<br />

Mallat S. A theory for multiresolution signal decomposition: the wavelet representation. IEEE Trans.<br />

Pattern Analysis <strong>and</strong> Machine Intell., 1989 2 (7): 674-693.<br />

Maltseva IV <strong>and</strong> Masloboev YP. Alpha rhythm parameters <strong>and</strong> short-term memory span. In Brain<br />

Alpha Activity - New aspects <strong>and</strong> Functional Correlates. EBasar, R Hari, FH Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong> M<br />

Schurmann (eds.). Int. J. Psychophysiology, special issue, 1997 26: 369-380.<br />

Mason C <strong>and</strong> K<strong>and</strong>el E. Central visual pathways. In E. K<strong>and</strong>el, J. Schwartz <strong>and</strong> T. Jessell (Eds.)<br />

Principles <strong>of</strong> neural science. Elsevier, New York 1991, pp: 420-439.<br />

Maurer K <strong>and</strong> Dierks T. Atlas <strong>of</strong> brain mapping. Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1991.<br />

Mees, A., Rapp, P. <strong>and</strong> Jennings, L. Phys. Rev. A 36, 340 1987.<br />

Meierkord H, Will B, Fish D, Shovone S. The clinical features <strong>and</strong> prognosis <strong>of</strong> pseudoseizures diagnosed<br />

using video <strong>EEG</strong> telemetry. Neurology 1991 41: 1643-1646.<br />

Molle M, Marshall L, Lutzenberger W, Pietrowsky R, Fehm H <strong>and</strong> Born J. Enhanced dynamic complexity<br />

in the human <strong>EEG</strong> during creative thinking. Neurosc. Lett., 1996 208: 61-64.<br />

Mpitsos, GJ. Chaos in Brain Function <strong>and</strong> the Problem <strong>of</strong> Nonstationarity: A Commentary. In: E.<br />

Basar <strong>and</strong> T.H. Bullock (Eds.) Brain Dynamics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1989, pp: 521-535.<br />

Niedermeyer E. The normal <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>of</strong> the waking adult. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F.H. Lopes da Silva<br />

(eds). Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore:<br />

Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993a, pp: 131-152.<br />

123


Niedermeyer E. Depth Electroencephalography. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva (eds).<br />

Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore: Williams<br />

<strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993b, pp: 661-677.<br />

Niedermeyer E. Epileptic Seizure Disorders. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva (eds). Electroencephalography:<br />

Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore: Williams<br />

<strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993c, pp: 461-564.<br />

Nuwer MR, Lehmann D, Lopes da Silva FH, Matsuoka S, Sutherling W <strong>and</strong> Vivert JF. IFCN guidelines<br />

for topographic <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s <strong>and</strong> EPs. Report <strong>of</strong> <strong>and</strong> IFCN committee. Electr. Clin.<br />

Neurophysiol 1994 91:1-5.<br />

Osborne AR <strong>and</strong> Provenzale A. Finite correlation dimension for stochastic systems with power-law<br />

spectra. Physica D, 1989 35: 357-381.<br />

Ott E, Sauer T <strong>and</strong> Yorke J. Coping with Chaos. John Wiley <strong>and</strong> Sons, Inc. New York, 1994.<br />

Palus, M. y Dvorak, I. Singular-Value Decomposition in Attractor Reconstruction: Pitfalls <strong>and</strong> Precautions.<br />

Physica D, 55, 221-234 1992.<br />

Pedley TA <strong>and</strong> Traub RD. Physiological basis <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. In: D. D. Daly <strong>and</strong> T. A. Pedley (eds.),<br />

Current practice <strong>of</strong> clinical electroencephalography. Raven Press Ltd., New York, 2nd ed., 1990, pp:<br />

107-137.<br />

Pesin Y. Lyapunov characteristic exponents <strong>and</strong> smooth ergodic theory. Usp. Math. Nauk, 32: 55-68<br />

1977.<br />

Petsche H, Kaplan S, von Stein A <strong>and</strong> Filz O. The possible meaning <strong>of</strong> the upper <strong>and</strong> lower alpha <strong>frequency</strong><br />

ranges for cognitive <strong>and</strong> creative tasks. In: Brain Alpha Activity - New aspects <strong>and</strong> Functional<br />

Correlates. EBasar, R Hari, FH Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong>MSchurmann (eds.). Int. J. Psychophysiology,<br />

special issue, 1997 26: 77-97.<br />

Pfurtscheller G <strong>and</strong> Lopes da Silva FH (eds.). Functional Brain Imaging. Toronto: Huber 1988.<br />

Pijn JPN. <strong>Quantitative</strong> evaluation <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> in epilepsy. Nonlinear associations, time delays <strong>and</strong><br />

nonlinear dynamics. PhD Thesis, Universiteit van Amsterdam, 1990.<br />

Pijn JPN, Van Neerven J, Noest A <strong>and</strong> Lopes da Silva FH. Chaos or noise in <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> dependence<br />

on state <strong>and</strong> brain site. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1991, 79: 371<br />

Pjin JP, Velis DN, van der Heiden M, DeGoede J, van Veelen C <strong>and</strong> Lopes da Silva FH. Nonlinear<br />

dynamics <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures on basis <strong>of</strong> intracranial <strong>EEG</strong> recordings. Brain Topography 9: 249-270<br />

1997.<br />

Polich J <strong>and</strong> Kok A. Cognitive <strong>and</strong> biological determinants <strong>of</strong> P300: an integrative review.<br />

Psychol., 1995 41: 103-146.<br />

Biol.<br />

Porter RJ, Sato S. Prolonged <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> video monitoring in the diagnosis <strong>of</strong> seizure disorders. In: E.<br />

Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F.H. Lopes da Silva, eds. Electroencephalography. 3rd edition. Baltimore: Williams<br />

<strong>and</strong> Wilkins, 1993: 729-738.<br />

Powell G <strong>and</strong> Percival I. A spectral entropy method for distinguishing regular <strong>and</strong> irregular motion <strong>of</strong><br />

Hamiltonian systems. J. Phys. A: Math. Gen., 1979 12: 2053-2071.<br />

124


Pradhan N, Sadasivan P, Chatterji S <strong>and</strong> Narayana Dutt D. Patterns <strong>of</strong> attractor dimensions <strong>of</strong> sleep<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>. Comput. Biol. Med., 1995 25: 455-462.<br />

Principe JC <strong>and</strong> Lo PC. Towards the determination <strong>of</strong> the largest Lyapunov exponent <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> segments.<br />

in: DW Duke <strong>and</strong> WS Pritchard (eds) Measuring Chaos in the Human Brain. World Scientic,<br />

Singapore, 1991 pp: 156-166<br />

Pritchard WS <strong>and</strong> Duke DW. Measuring chaos in the brain: a tutorial review <strong>of</strong> nonlinear dynamical<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>. Int. J. Neurosci. 67:31-80 1992.<br />

Pritchard W, Duke D, Coburn K, Moore N, Tucker K, Jann M <strong>and</strong> Hostetler R. <strong>EEG</strong>-based, neural-net<br />

predictive classication <strong>of</strong> Alzheimer's disease versus control subjects is augmented by non-linear <strong>EEG</strong><br />

measures. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1994 91: 118-130.<br />

Pulvermuller F, Lutzenberger W, Preiel H <strong>and</strong> Birbaumer N. Spectral responses in the gamma b<strong>and</strong>:<br />

physiological signs <strong>of</strong> higher cognitive processing? Neuroreport, 6:2059-2064, 1995.<br />

Qian S <strong>and</strong> Chen D. Joint time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>: <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> applications. Prentice Hall NJ, 1996.<br />

Quian Quiroga R., Pirra L., Podesta C., Leiguarda R. <strong>and</strong> Rabinowicz A. <strong>Time</strong> Distribution <strong>of</strong> Epileptic<br />

Seizures during Video-<strong>EEG</strong> monitoring. Implications for health insurance system in developing<br />

countries. Seizure 1997a, 6: 475-477.<br />

Quian Quiroga R, Blanco S, Rosso OA, Garca H <strong>and</strong> Rabinowicz A. Searching for Hidden Information<br />

with Gabor Transform in Generalized Tonic-Clonic Seizures. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 103: 434-439,<br />

1997b.<br />

Quian Quiroga R <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> visual evoked potentials: alpha responses. In:<br />

Recent advances in human neurophysiology. I. Hashimoto <strong>and</strong> R. Kakigi (eds.). Elsevier Science 1998,<br />

pp: 450-454.<br />

Quian Quiroga R <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Functions <strong>and</strong> sources <strong>of</strong> event-related <strong>EEG</strong> alpha oscillations<br />

studied with the Wavelet Transform. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1999 110: 643-655.<br />

Quian Quiroga R, Rosso OA <strong>and</strong>BasarE.Wavelet-entropy: a measure <strong>of</strong> order in evoked potentials.<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> Suppl. 49: 298-302 1999a.<br />

Quian Quiroga R, Rosso OA Schurmann M <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Wavelet-entropy incognitive potentials: a<br />

new method shows <strong>frequency</strong> tuning <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>-oscillations. Submitted to Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol.,<br />

1999b.<br />

Quian Quiroga R, Arnhold J <strong>and</strong> Grassberger P. Driver-Response relationships cannot be learned from<br />

synchronization patterns. Submitted to Phys. Rev. E, 1999c.<br />

Quian Quiroga R, Basar E <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Phase locking <strong>of</strong> event-related alpha oscillations. Proceedings<br />

<strong>of</strong> the interdisciplinary Workshop: Chaos in Brain? World Scientic 1999d, in press.<br />

Regan D. Human brain electrophysiology. Evoked potentials <strong>and</strong> evoked magnetic elds in science <strong>and</strong><br />

medicine. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1989.<br />

Reilly E. <strong>EEG</strong> Recording <strong>and</strong> Operation <strong>of</strong> the Apparatus. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F.H. Lopes da Silva<br />

(eds). Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore:<br />

Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993, pp: 104-124<br />

125


Rohrbaugh J, Varner J, Paige S, Eckardt M <strong>and</strong> Ellingson R. Auditory <strong>and</strong> visual event-related perturbations<br />

in the 40Hz auditory steady-state response. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1990 76: 148-164.<br />

Roschke J <strong>and</strong> Aldenho J. The dimensionality <strong>of</strong>human's electroencephalogram during sleep. Biol.<br />

Cybern., 1991 64: 307-313.<br />

Roschke J,Fell J <strong>and</strong> Beckmann P. The calculation <strong>of</strong> the rst positive Lyapunov exponent in sleep<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> data. Electr. <strong>and</strong> Clin. Neurophysiol. 86: 348-352 1993.<br />

Roschke J,MannK<strong>and</strong>Fell J. Nonlinear <strong>EEG</strong> dynamics during sleep in depression <strong>and</strong> schizophrenia.<br />

Int. J. Neurosci. 75: 271-284 1994.<br />

Rosenstein M, Collins J <strong>and</strong> De Luca C, A practical method for calculating largest Lyapunov exponents<br />

from small data sets. Physica D 65: 117-134 1993.<br />

Rosenstein M, Collins J <strong>and</strong> De Luca C, Reconstruction expansion as a geometry-based framework for<br />

choosing proper delay times. Physica D, 73: 82 1994.<br />

Rosso OA, Quian Quiroga R, Blanco S, Figliola A <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Wavelet-Entropy applied to Brain Signal<br />

Analysis. Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the IX European Signal Processing Conference, 1998, vol.IV, pp: 2445-2448.<br />

Sakowicz O, Quian Quiroga R, Schurmann M <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Oscillatory gamma-range responses following<br />

bimodal stimulation - Wavelet decomposition <strong>of</strong> human event-related potentials. (1999, to be<br />

submitted)<br />

Samar VJ, Swartz KP <strong>and</strong> Raghveer MR. Multiresolution <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> event-related potentials bywavelet<br />

decomposition. Brain <strong>and</strong> cognition 1995, 27: 398-438.<br />

Schi S.J., Aldrouby A, Unser M <strong>and</strong> Sato S. Fast wavelet transformation <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>. Electr.<br />

Neurophysiol., 1994a, 91: 442-455.<br />

Clin.<br />

Schi S, Milton J, Heller J <strong>and</strong> Weinstein S. Wavelet transforms <strong>and</strong> surrogate data for electroencephalographic<br />

spike <strong>and</strong> seizure localization. Optical Engineering 1994b, 33: 2162-2169.<br />

Schreiber T. Detecting <strong>and</strong> analysing nonstationarity in a time series using nonlinear cross predictions.<br />

Phys. Rev. Lett., 1997, 78: 843-846.<br />

Schurmann M, Basar-Eroglu C, Kolev V <strong>and</strong> Basa E. A new metric for analyzing single-trial eventrelated<br />

potentials (ERPs): application to human visual P300 delta response. Neuroscience Letters,<br />

1995 197: 167-170.<br />

Schurmann M, Basar-Eroglu C <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Gamma responses in the <strong>EEG</strong>: elementary <strong>signals</strong> with<br />

multiple functional correlates. Neuroreport, 1997 8: 531-534.<br />

Schutt A <strong>and</strong> Basar E. The eects <strong>of</strong> acetylcholine, dopamine <strong>and</strong> noradrenaline on the visceral ganglion<br />

helix pomatia - II. Stimulus evoked eld potentials. Comp. Biochem. Physiol., 1992 102C: 169-176<br />

Schutt A, Basar E <strong>and</strong> Bullock TH. The eects <strong>of</strong> acetylcholine, dopamine <strong>and</strong> noradrenaline on the<br />

visceral ganglion helix pomatia - I. Ongoing compound eld potentials <strong>of</strong> low frequencies. Comp.<br />

Biochem. Physiol., 1992 102C: 159-168<br />

Senhadji L, Dillenseger JL, Wendling F, Rocha C <strong>and</strong> Linie A. Wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> for threedimensional<br />

mapping <strong>of</strong> epileptic events. Annals <strong>of</strong> Biom. Eng. 1995, 23: 543-552.<br />

126


Serrano E, Ph.D. Thesis, Department <strong>of</strong> Mathematics, FCEyN, Universidad de Buenos Aires, Argentina,<br />

1996.<br />

Shannon CE. A mathematical theory <strong>of</strong> communication. Bell System Technol. J, 1948, 27:379-423<br />

623-656.<br />

Sheer D <strong>and</strong> Schrock B.Attention. In: Hannay J (ed.), Experimental techniques in human neuropsychology,<br />

pp: 95-137. Oxford University Press, New York, 1986.<br />

Shepherd, G. Neurobiology. Oxford University Press, New York 1988<br />

Shuster HG. Deterministic Chaos. VCH Publishers, New York, 1988.<br />

Speckermann EJ <strong>and</strong> Elger CE. Introduction to the neurophysiological basis <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> DC potentials.<br />

In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva (Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic Principles,<br />

Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore: Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993, pp: 15-26.<br />

Stam CJ, Tavy D <strong>and</strong> Keunen R. Quantication <strong>of</strong> alpha rhythm desynchronization using the acceleration<br />

spectrum entropy <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. Clin. Electroencephalogr., 1993 24: 104-109.<br />

Stam CJ, Jelles B, Achtereekte HAM, Rombouts SARB, Slaets JPJ <strong>and</strong> Keunen RWM. Investigation<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> non-linearity indementia <strong>and</strong> Parkinsons disease. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 95: 309-317<br />

1995.<br />

Stampfer HG <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Does <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> lead to better underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> human event related<br />

potentials. Intern. J. Neuroscience, 1985 26:181-196.<br />

Steriade M, Gloor P, Llinas RR, Lopes da Silva FH <strong>and</strong> Mesulam MM. Basic mechanisms <strong>of</strong> cerebral<br />

rhythmic activities. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol 1990, 76: 481-508.<br />

Steriade M. Cellular substrates <strong>of</strong> brain rhythms. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva<br />

(Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore:<br />

Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993, pp: 27-62.<br />

Storm van Leewen W, Wieneke G, Spoelstra P <strong>and</strong> Versteeg H. Lack <strong>of</strong> bilateral coherence <strong>of</strong> mu<br />

rhythm. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1978 44:140-146.<br />

Strang G. <strong>and</strong> Nguyen T. Wavelets <strong>and</strong> lter banks. Wellesley-Cambridge Press, Wellesley, 1996.<br />

Takens, F. Dynamical Systems <strong>of</strong> Turbulence. D. R<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> L. Young (eds.). Springer,Berlin 1981.<br />

Thakor NV, Xin-rong G, Yi-Chun S <strong>and</strong> Hanley DF. Multiresolution wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> evoked potentials.<br />

IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng., 1993 40: 1085-1094.<br />

Thatcher RW, Krause PJ <strong>and</strong> Hrybyk M. Cortico-cortical associations <strong>and</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> coherence: a twocompartmental<br />

model. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol 1986 64:123-143.<br />

Theiler, J. Spurious dimensions from correlation algorithms applied to limited time series data Phys.<br />

Rev.A, 34:2427 1986.<br />

Theiler J, Eubank S, Longtin A, Galdrikian B <strong>and</strong> Doyne Farmer J. Testing for nonlinearity in time<br />

series: the method <strong>of</strong> surrogate data. Physica D, 1992 58: 77-94.<br />

Thomeer E, Stam C <strong>and</strong> van Woerkom T. <strong>EEG</strong> changes during mental activation. Clin. Electroencephalogr.,<br />

1994 25: 94-98.<br />

127


Tiitinen H, Sinkkonen J, Reikainen K, Alho K, Lavikainen J <strong>and</strong> Naatanen R. Selective attention<br />

enhances the auditory 40Hz transient response in humans. Nature, 364:59-60, 1993.<br />

Unser M, Aldroubi A <strong>and</strong> Eden M. On the asymptotic convergence <strong>of</strong> B-Spline wavelets to Gabor<br />

functions. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory., 1992 38: 864-872.<br />

Unser M, Aldroubi A <strong>and</strong> Eden M, Signal Processing 30: 141 1993.<br />

Unser M <strong>and</strong> Aldroubi A. A review <strong>of</strong> wavelets in biomedical applications. Proc. IEEE 1996, 84:<br />

626-638.<br />

Unser M. Ten good reasons for using spline wavelets. Proc. SPIE Vol. 3169, Wavelets Applications in<br />

Signal <strong>and</strong> Image Processing V 1997, pp:422-431.<br />

Wallenstein GV <strong>and</strong> Nash AJ. Does the Largest Lyapunov Exponent Quantify the Dynamical Complexity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Event-Related Potential? An Algorithm Using Adaptive Step-Size Control for Variable<br />

Propagation <strong>Time</strong>s. in: DW Duke <strong>and</strong> WS Pritchard (eds) Measuring Chaos in the Human Brain.<br />

World Scientic, Singapore 1991, pp: 232-256.<br />

Walter D, Rhodes J, Brown D <strong>and</strong> Adey W. Comprehensive spectral <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> human <strong>EEG</strong> generators<br />

in posterior cerebral regions. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1966 20: 224-237.<br />

Wang XJ, Golomb D <strong>and</strong> Rinzel J. Emergent spindle oscillations <strong>and</strong> intermittent burst ring in a<br />

thalamic model: Specic neuronal mechanisms. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1995, 92:5577-5581.<br />

Weaver HJ. Theory <strong>of</strong> discrete <strong>and</strong> continuous Fourier <strong>analysis</strong>. Wiley-Interscience, 1989.<br />

Wolf A, Swift J, Swinney H <strong>and</strong> Vastano J. Determining Lyapunov Exponents from a time series.<br />

Physica D, 16: 285-317 1985.<br />

Zhang J <strong>and</strong> Zheng C. Extracting evoked potentials with the singularity detection technique. IEEE<br />

Eng. Med. Biol Sept/Oct 1997, pp: 155-161.<br />

128


Biographical sketch<br />

21.03.1967 born in Buenos Aires Argentina<br />

Nov. 1984<br />

March 1993<br />

nished the high school studies<br />

nished the studies on Physics at the University <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires<br />

March 1991 second class teaching assistant at the Dept. <strong>of</strong> Physics - University<br />

- March 1994 <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires<br />

March 1994 rst class teaching assistant at the Dept. <strong>of</strong> Physics - University<br />

- April 1996 <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires<br />

March 1989 second class teaching assistant at the Ciclo Basico Comun -<br />

- April 1993 University <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires<br />

April 1993 rst class teaching assistant at the Ciclo Basico Comun -<br />

-May 1996 University <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires<br />

May/August given advanced course over Physics applied to Anesthesiology<br />

1994 at the Hospital Italiano<br />

April 1993<br />

-May 1995<br />

May 1995<br />

-May 1996<br />

June 1996<br />

-May 1998<br />

scholar at the department <strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology - Institute <strong>of</strong><br />

Neurological investigations (FLENI), Argentina<br />

scholar at the department <strong>of</strong> Epilepsy - Institute <strong>of</strong> Neurological<br />

investigations (FLENI), Argentina<br />

guest scientist at the Institute <strong>of</strong> Physiology - Medical University<br />

<strong>of</strong> Lubeck, Germany. Supported by the BMBF<br />

June 1998 guest scientist at the Institute <strong>of</strong> Physiology - Medical University<br />

- August 1998 <strong>of</strong> Lubeck, Germany. Supported by the Med. Univ. Lubeck<br />

Nov. 1998 -<br />

post-doc position at the Forschungszentrum Julich, Germany<br />

129

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!